Asus M2N-SLI Hardware User Manual
Motherboard M2N-SLI Deluxe
ii E2590 First Edition May 2006 Copyright é 2006 ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. (âÂÂASUSâÂÂ). Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modiîÂÂed or altered, unless such repair , modiîÂÂcation of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the product is defaced or missing. ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL âÂÂAS ISâ WITHOUT W ARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANT ABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A P ARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT , SPECIAL, INCIDENT AL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DA T A, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT . SPECIFICA TIONS AND INFORMA TION CONT AINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMA TIONAL USE ONL Y , AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE A T ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THA T MA Y APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE DESCRIBED IN IT . Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identiîÂÂcation or explanation and to the ownersâ beneîÂÂt, without intent to infringe.
iii Contents Notices ........................................................................................................ vii Safety information .................................................................................... viii About this guide ......................................................................................... ix M2N-SLI Deluxe speciîÂÂcations summary ................................................. xi Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.1 Welcome! ...................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 Package contents ......................................................................... 1-1 1.3 Special features ............................................................................ 1-2 1.3.1 Product highlights ........................................................... 1-2 1.3.2 ASUS AI Lifestyle features ............................................. 1-4 1.3.3 ASUS Special features ................................................... 1-5 1.3.4 ASUS Intelligent Overclocking features .......................... 1-6 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.1 Before you proceed ..................................................................... 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview ................................................................. 2-2 2.2.1 Placement direction ........................................................ 2-2 2.2.2 Screw holes .................................................................... 2-2 2.2.3 Motherboard layout ......................................................... 2-3 2.2.4 Layout contents ............................................................... 2-4 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ................................................... 2-6 2.3.1 Installing the CPU ........................................................... 2-6 2.3.2 Installing the heatsink and fan ........................................ 2-8 2.4 System memory ......................................................................... 2-1 1 2.4.1 Overview ........................................................................ 2-1 1 2.4.2 Memory conîÂÂgurations ...................................................2-1 1 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM .......................................................... 2-15 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM ........................................................ 2-15 2.5 Expansion slots .......................................................................... 2-16 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card ......................................... 2-16 2.5.2 ConîÂÂguring an expansion card ..................................... 2-16 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments ................................................... 2-17 2.5.4 PCI slots ........................................................................ 2-17 2.5.5 PCI Express x1 slot ....................................................... 2-18 2.5.6 PCI Express x16 slots ................................................... 2-18
iv Contents 2.6 Jumper ........................................................................................ 2-20 2.7 Connectors ................................................................................. 2-21 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors .................................................. 2-21 2.7.2 Internal connectors ....................................................... 2-24 Chapter 3: Powering up 3.1 Starting up for the îÂÂrst time ........................................................ 3-1 3.2 Powering off the computer .......................................................... 3-2 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function .................................... 3-2 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch .............................. 3-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ............................................ 4-1 4.1.1 ASUS Update utility ........................................................ 4-1 4.1.2 Creating a bootable îÂÂoppy disk ....................................... 4-4 4.1.3 ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility ................................................... 4-5 4.1.4 Updating the BIOS .......................................................... 4-6 4.1.5 Saving the current BIOS îÂÂle ............................................ 4-8 4.1.6 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 utility ...................................... 4-9 4.2 BIOS setup program .................................................................. 4-10 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen .........................................................4-1 1 4.2.2 Menu bar ........................................................................4-1 1 4.2.3 Legend bar .................................................................... 4-12 4.2.4 Menu items ................................................................... 4-12 4.2.5 Sub-menu items ............................................................ 4-12 4.2.6 ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds ....................................................... 4-12 4.2.7 Pop-up window ............................................................. 4-13 4.2.8 General help ................................................................. 4-13 4.3 Main menu .................................................................................. 4-14 4.3.1 System T ime ................................................................. 4-14 4.3.2 System Date ................................................................. 4-14 4.3.3 Legacy Diskette A ......................................................... 4-14 4.3.4 Primary IDE Master/Slave ............................................. 4-15 4.3.5 SA T A 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ...................................................... 4-17 4.3.6 HDD SMART Monitoring ............................................... 4-18 4.3.7 Installed Memory ........................................................... 4-18
v Contents 4.3.8 Usable Memory ............................................................. 4-18 4.4 Advanced menu ......................................................................... 4-19 4.4.1 JumperFree ConîÂÂguration ............................................ 4-19 4.4.2 AI NET2 ........................................................................ 4-22 4.4.3 PEG Link Mode ............................................................. 4-22 4.4.4 CPU ConîÂÂguration ........................................................ 4-23 4.4.5 Chipset .......................................................................... 4-27 4.4.6 PCIPnP ......................................................................... 4-28 4.4.7 Onboard Device ConîÂÂguration ...................................... 4-29 4.5 Power menu ................................................................................ 4-32 4.5.1 ACPI Suspend T ype ...................................................... 4-32 4.5.2 ACPI APIC Support ....................................................... 4-32 4.5.3 APM ConîÂÂguration ........................................................ 4-33 2.5.4 Hardware Monitor ......................................................... 4-35 4.6 Boot menu .................................................................................. 4-37 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority ...................................................... 4-37 4.6.2 Removable Drives ......................................................... 4-38 4.6.3 Hard Disk Drives ........................................................... 4-38 4.6.4 CDROM Drives ............................................................. 4-38 4.6.5 Boot Settings ConîÂÂguration ......................................... 4-39 4.6.6 Security ......................................................................... 4-40 4.7 T ools menu ................................................................................. 4-42 4.7.1 ASUS Music Alarm ........................................................ 4-42 4.7.2 ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle ......................................................... 4-44 4.7.4 ASUS EZ Flash 2 .......................................................... 4-46 4.8 Exit menu .................................................................................... 4-47 Chapter 5: Software support 5.1 Installing an operating system ................................................... 5-1 5.2 Support CD information .............................................................. 5-1 5.2.1 Running the support CD ................................................. 5-1 5.2.2 Drivers menu ................................................................... 5-2 5.2.3 Utilities menu .................................................................. 5-3 5.2.4 Make Disk menu ............................................................. 5-4 5.2.5 Manuals menu ................................................................ 5-5 5.2.6 ASUS Contact information .............................................. 5-6
vi Contents 5.2.7 Other information ............................................................ 5-6 5.3 Software information ................................................................... 5-8 5.3.1 Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠T echnology ........................................... 5-8 5.3.2 ASUS PC Probe II ..........................................................5-1 1 5.3.3 ASUS Music Alarm ........................................................ 5-17 5.3.4 ASUS AI Nap ................................................................ 5-20 5.3.5 ASUS AI Gear ............................................................... 5-21 5.3.6 SoundMAX î High DeîÂÂnition Audio utility ....................... 5-23 Audio Setup Wizard ..................................................................... 5-24 5.4 RAID conîÂÂgurations .................................................................. 5-28 5.4.1 Installing hard disks ...................................................... 5-29 5.4.2 NVIDIA î MediaShield RAID conîÂÂgurations .................. 5-30 5.4.3 JMicron î RAID ConîÂÂguration ........................................ 5-39 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ....................................................... 5-45 NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support 6.1 Overview ....................................................................................... 6-1 Requirements ................................................................................. 6-1 6.2 Dual graphics card setup ............................................................ 6-2 6.2.1 Installing SLI-ready graphics cards ................................. 6-2 6.2.2 Installing the device drivers ............................................. 6-5 6.2.3 Enabling the multi-GPU feature in Windows î ................. 6-5
vii Notices Federal Communications Commission Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: ⢠This device may not cause harmful interference, and ⢠This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with manufacturerâÂÂs instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However , there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: ⢠Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. ⢠Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver . ⢠Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. ⢠Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Canadian Department of Communications Statement This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. The use of shielded cables for connection of the monitor to the graphics card is required to assure compliance with FCC regulations. Changes or modiîÂÂcations to this unit not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the userâÂÂs authority to operate this equipment.
viii Safety information Electrical safety ⢠T o prevent electrical shock hazard, disconnect the power cable from the electrical outlet before relocating the system. ⢠When adding or removing devices to or from the system, ensure that the power cables for the devices are unplugged before the signal cables are connected. If possible, disconnect all power cables from the existing system before you add a device. ⢠Before connecting or removing signal cables from the motherboard, ensure that all power cables are unplugged. ⢠Seek professional assistance before using an adpater or extension cord. These devices could interrupt the grounding circuit. ⢠Make sure that your power supply is set to the correct voltage in your area. If you are not sure about the voltage of the electrical outlet you are using, contact your local power company . ⢠If the power supply is broken, do not try to îÂÂx it by yourself. Contact a qualiîÂÂed service technician or your retailer . Operation safety ⢠Before installing the motherboard and adding devices on it, carefully read all the manuals that came with the package. ⢠Before using the product, make sure all cables are correctly connected and the power cables are not damaged. If you detect any damage, contact your dealer immediately . ⢠T o avoid short circuits, keep paper clips, screws, and staples away from connectors, slots, sockets and circuitry . ⢠Avoid dust, humidity , and temperature extremes. Do not place the product in any area where it may become wet. ⢠Place the product on a stable surface. ⢠If you encounter technical problems with the product, contact a qualiîÂÂed service technician or your retailer . This symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product (electrical and electronic equipment) should not be placed in municipal waste. Check local regulations for disposal of electronic products.
ix About this guide This user guide contains the information you need when installing and conîÂÂguring the motherboard. How this guide is organized This guide contains the following parts: ⢠Chapter 1: Product introduction This chapter describes the features of the motherboard and the new technology it supports. ⢠Chapter 2: Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the switches, jumpers, and connectors on the motherboard. ⢠Chapter 3: Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence and ways of shutting down the system. ⢠Chapter 4: BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided. ⢠Chapter 5: Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. ⢠Chapter 6: NVIDIA î SLI⢠T echnology support This chapter tells how to install SLI-ready PCI Express graphics cards. Where to îÂÂnd more information Refer to the following sources for additional information and for product and software updates. 1. ASUS websites The ASUS website provides updated information on ASUS hardware and software products. Refer to the ASUS contact information. 2. Optional documentation Y our product package may include optional documentation, such as warranty îÂÂyers, that may have been added by your dealer . These documents are not part of the standard package.
x Conventions used in this guide T o make sure that you perform certain tasks properly , take note of the following symbols used throughout this manual. T ypography Bold text Indicates a menu or an item to select. Italics Used to emphasize a word or a phrase. <Key> Key s encl osed i n the less- tha n and greate r-tha n s ign mea ns tha t you must p ress the enclo sed ke y. Example: <Enter> means that you must press the Enter or Return key . <Key1> <Key2> <Key3> If you must press two or more keys simultaneously , the key names are connected with a plus sign ( ). Example: <Ctrl> <Alt> <D> Command Means that you must type the command exactly as shown. Example: At the DOS prompt, type the command line: format a: DANGER/W ARNING: Information to prevent injury to yourself when trying to complete a task. CAUTION: Information to prevent damage to the components when trying to complete a task. NOTE: T ips and additional information to help you complete a task. IMPORT ANT : Instructions that you MUST follow to complete a task.
xi M2N-SLI Deluxe speciî¿cations summary (continued on the next page) CPU Socket AM2 for AMD Athlon⢠64 X2 /AMD Athlon⢠64 /AMD Athlon⢠64 FX/AMD Sempron⢠processors Supports AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠T echnology AMD64 architecture enables simultaneous 32-bit and 64-bit computing AMD Live!⢠ready Chipset NVIDIA î nForce î 570 SLI⢠MCP System bus 2000 / 1600 MT/s Memory Dual-channel memory architecture - 4 x 240-pin DIMM sockets support unbuffered ECC/non-ECC DDR2 800/667/533 MHz memory modules - Supports up to 8 GB system memory Expansion slots 2 x PCI Express⢠x16 slots at x16, x8 speed Supports NVIDIA î SLI⢠T echnology (both at x8 mode) 2 x PCI Express⢠x1 slots 3 x PCI 2.2 slots Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) Supports two identical NVIDIA î SLIâ¢-ready graphics card ASUS two-slot thermal design ASUS PEG Link Storage NVIDIA î nForce î 570 SLI⢠MCP supports: - 1 x IDE connector for up to two Ultra DMA 133/100/66/33 devices - 6 x Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s connectors support six Serial A T A devices - RAID 0, RAID1, RAID 0 1, RAID 5, and JBOD conîÂÂgurations spanning across Serial A T A drives via the onboard NVIDIA î MediaShield⢠RAID controller JMicron î JMB363 Serial A T A controller supports: - 1 x Internal Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s - 1 x External Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s on the rear panel with Port Multiplier function (SA T A-On-The-Go) - RAID 0, RAID 1, and JBOD conîÂÂguration LAN Dual Gigabit LAN controllers NVIDIA î nForce î 570 SLI⢠MCP built-in dual Gigabit MAC with external Marvell î PHY Supports T eaming and Fail-Over functions
xii M2N-SLI Deluxe speciî¿cations summary High DeîÂÂnition Audio SoundMAX î ADI AD1988B 8-channel CODEC Supports Jack-Sensing, Enumeration, Multi-Streaming, and Jack-Retasking T echnology Optical and Coaxial S/PDIF Out interfaces IEEE 1394 T1 1394 controller supports: - 2 x IEEE 1394a connectors (one at mid-board, one at the rear panel) USB Supports up to 10 USB 2.0/1.1 ports (six at mid-board, - four on the rear panel) ASUS AI Lifestyle features AI Nap AI Gear Advanced Thermal Design - ASUS Fanless Design: Heat-pipe Thermal solution ASUS Crystal Sound - Noise îÂÂlter - ASUS Array Microphone ASUS Exclusive Overclocking features Intelligent overclocking tools: - AI NOS⢠(Non-delay Overclocking System) - AI Overclocking (intelligent CPU frequency tuner) - ASUS PEG Link ASUS O.C. P ro îÂÂle : ov er clo cki ng co nî gur at io n- sha rin g too l Precision T weaker: - vDIMM: 15-step DRAM voltage control - vCore: Adjustable CPU voltage at 0.0125 V increment - Stepless Frequency Selection(SFS) allows FSB tuning from 200 MHz up to 400 MHz at 1 MHz increment - PCI Express frequency allows PCI Express x16 frequency tuning from 100 MHz to 200 MHz at 1 MHz increment Overclocking protection: - ASUS C.P .R. (CPU Parameter Recall) ASUS AI Booster Utility Special features ASUS EZ DIY : - Q-Connector - ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 - ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS Music Alarm (continued on the next page)
xiii M2N-SLI Deluxe speciî¿cations summary Rear panel 1 x PS/2 keyboard port (purple) 1 x PS/2 mouse port (green) 1 x Serial (COM1) port 1 x IEEE 1394a port 1 x External Serial A T A port 1 x Optical S/PDIF Out port 1 x Coaxial S/PDIF Out port 2 x LAN (RJ-45) ports 4 x USB 2.0/1.1 ports 8-channel audio ports Internal connectors 3 x USB 2.0 connectors support six additional USB 2.0 ports 1 x Floppy disk drive connector 1 x IDE connector for two devices 7 x Serial A T A connectors 1 x CPU / 4 x Chassis / 1 x Power fan connectors 1 x ADH connector 1 x IEEE 1394a connector 1 x Parallel connector 1 x S/PDIF Out connector Chassis intrusion connector Front panel audio connector CD audio in connector 24-pin A TX power connector 4-pin A TX 12 V power connector System panel connector BIOS features 4 Mb AW ARD BIOS, PnP , DMI 2.0, WfM2.0, SM BIOS 2.3 Manageability WOL by PME, WOR by PME, Chassis intrusion, PXE Power requirements A TX power supply with 24-pin and 4-pin 12V plugs A TX 12V 2.0 compliant Support CD contents Device drivers ASUS AI Booster ASUS PC Probe II ASUS Update NVIDIA î MediaShield⢠RAID Anti-virus software (OEM version) Form factor A TX form factor: 12 in x 9.6 in (30.5 cm x 24.5 cm) *SpeciîÂÂcations are subject to change without notice.
xiv
1 Product introduction This chapter describes the motherboard features and the new technologies it supports.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe Chapter summary 1 1.1 Welcome! ...................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 Package contents ......................................................................... 1-1 1.3 Special features ............................................................................ 1-2
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 1-1 1.1 Welcome! Th ank yo u f or b uyi ng an A SUS î M2N-SLI Deluxe motherboard ! The motherboard delivers a host of new features and latest technologies, making it another standout in the long line of ASUS quality motherboards! Before you start installing the motherboard, and hardware devices on it, check the items in your package with the list below . If any of the above items is damaged or missing, contact your retailer . 1.2 Package contents Check your motherboard package for the following items. Motherboard ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe I/O modules IEEE 1394a module 1 x 2-port USB 2.0 module Cables 6 x Serial A T A cables 3 x Serial A T A power cables for six devices 1 x Ultra DMA 133/100/66 cable 1 x Floppy disk drive cable Accessories I/O shield ASUS SLI⢠Bridge ASUS Array Mic ASUS Q-Connector Kit for USB, IEEE1394, and system panel connector (Retail version only) Application CD ASUS motherboard support CD InterVideo î Media Launcher (OEM version) Documentation User guide
1-2 Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.3 Special features 1.3.1 Product highlights Latest processor technology The motherboard comes with a 940-pin AM2 socket that supports AMD Athlon⢠64 X2/AMD Athlon⢠64/AMD Athlon⢠64 FX/AMD Sempron⢠processors. With an integrated low-latency high-bandwidth memory controller and a highly scalable HyperT ransport⢠technology-based system bus, the motherboard provides a powerful platform for your diverse computing needs, increased ofîÂÂce productivity , and enhanced digital media experience. See page 2-6 for details. NVIDIA î Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) The NVIDIA î Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) technology allows two graphics processing units (GPUs) in a single system. This technology takes advantage of the PCI Express⢠bus architecture and features intelligent hardware and software solutions that allows multiple GPUs to work together and achieve exceptional graphics performance. DDR2 memory support Th e m oth erb oa rd su ppo rt s DDR 2 m emo ry that features data transfer rates of 800/667/533 MHz to meet the higher bandwidth requirements of the latest 3D graphics, multimedia, and Internet applications. The dual-channel DDR2 architecture doubles the bandwidth of your system memory to boost system performance, eliminating bottlenecks with peak bandwidths of up to 12.8 GB/s. See pages 2-1 1 to 2-13 for details. PCI Express⢠interface Th e m oth erb oa rd fu lly s up por ts PCI E xp res s, the latest I/O interconnect technology that speeds up the PCI bus. PCI Express features point-to-point serial interconnections between devices and allows higher clockspeeds by carrying data in packets. This high speed interface is software compatible with existing PCI speciîÂÂcations. See page 2-18 for details. Dual RAID solution Onboard RAID controllers provide the motherboard with dual-RAID functionality that allows you to select the best RAID solution using IDE or Serial A T A devices. The NVIDIA î nForce î 570 SLI⢠chipset allows RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, RAID 5, and JBOD conîÂÂguration for six SA T A 3.0 Gb/s connectors. See pages 2-25. The JMicron JMB363 controller supports two additional Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s connectors (one at mid-board and one on the rear panel) and allows RAID 0, RAID 1, and JBOD conîÂÂgurations on these ports. See pages 2-26 for details.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 1-3 Serial A T A I/II technology and SA T A-On-The-Go Th e m oth erb oa rd fu lly s up por ts the Serial A T A II 3.0 Gb/s technology through the Serial A T A interfaces and the NVIDIA î nForce î 570 SLI⢠chipset. The Serial A T A 3 Gb/s speciîÂÂcation provides twice the bandwidth of the current Serial A T A products with a host of new features, including Nativa Command Queueing (NCQ), and Power Management (PM) Implementation Algorithm. Serial A T A allows for thinner , more îÂÂexible cables with lower pin count and reduced voltage required. Leveraging these Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s features is the SA T A-On-The-Go. Supported by the JMicron Serial A T A RAID controller , two Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s connectors (one at mid-board and one on the rear panel) provide smart setup, and hot-plug function. See pages 2-21, 2-22, and 2-23 for details. IEEE 1394a support The IEEE 1394a interface provides high-speed and îÂÂexible PC connectivity to a wide range of peripherals and devices compliant to the IEEE 1394a standard. The IEEE 1394a interface allows up to 400 Mbps transfer rates through simple, low-cost, high-bandwidth asynchronous (real-time) data interfacing between computers, peripherals, and consumer electronic devices such as camcorders, VCRs, printers, TVs, and digital cameras. See pages 2-21 and 2-27 for details. S/PDIF digital sound ready The mothe rboard suppo rts t he S/PDIF technology through the S/PDIF interfaces on the rear panel. The S/PDIF technology turns your computer into a high-end entertainment system with digital connectivity to powerful audio and speaker systems. See pages 2-21 and 2-32 for details. USB 2.0 technology The motherboard implements the Universal Serial Bus (USB) 2.0 speciîÂÂcation, dramatically increasing the connection speed from the 12 Mbps bandwidth on USB 1.1 to a fast 480 Mbps on USB 2.0. USB 2.0 is backward compatible with USB 1.1. See pages 2-22 and 2-27 for details. Dual Gigabit LAN solution The motherboard comes with dual Gigabit LAN controllers to provide the total solution for your networking needs. These network controllers use the PCI Express segment to provide faster data bandwidth for your wired or wireless Internet, LAN, and îÂÂle sharing requirements. See page 2-21 for details.
1-4 Chapter 1: Product introduction AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet T echnology The motherboard supports the AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet T echnology , which monitors system operation and automatically adjusts CPU voltage and frequency for a cool and quiet operating environment. See page 4-26 for details. 1.3.2 ASUS AI Lifestyle features AI Gear AI Gear provides four modes that adjust the CPU frequency and Vcore voltage minimizing system noise and power consumption. Y ou can choose the mode that best suits your computing needs. See page 5-21 for details AI Nap With AI Nap, the system can continue running at minimum power and noise when the user is temporarily away . T o wake the system and return to the OS environment, simply click the mouse or press a key . See page 5-20 for details. ASUS Crystal Sound This feature enhances speech-centric applications like Skype, online games, video conference and recording. ASUS Array Mic The bundled Superbeam Array Microphone receives only the sound coming from the reception cone and ignores the sound coming from other directions. This mechanism eliminates a large number of interferences, including neighboring speakers and reverberation. It also uses advanced de-reverberation techniques to reduce echo and minimize its effect on the speech engine. Noise Filter This feature detects repetitive and stationary noises (non-voice signals) like computer fans, air conditioners, and other background noises then eliminates it in the incoming audio stream while recording.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 1-5 Advanced Thermal Design Fanless Design and Heat-pipe The ASUS fanless design allows multi-directional heat îÂÂow from major thermal sources in the motherboard to lower overall system temperature, resulting in quieter operation and longer system life. ASUS has devoted special efforts to address the thermal issues across the motherboard, and most notably in the following areas: CPU, power , VGA, and chipset. The heat pipe, heatsink, and strategic board layout were tailor made to dissipate heat in the most efîÂÂcient manner . 1.3.3 ASUS Special features ASUS Music Alarm W ake up to the music of your choice instead of the irritating sound of an alarm clock. The ASUS Music Alarm gives you a personal wake-up call with your favorite CD music without having to enter the OS. See pages 4-42 and 5-17 for details. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 allows users to restore corrupted BIOS data from a USB îÂÂash disk containing the BIOS îÂÂle. This utility saves users the cost and hassle of buying a replacement BIOS chip. See page 4-9 for details. ASUS EZ Flash 2 EZ Flash 2 is a user-friendly BIOS update utility . Simply press the predeîÂÂned hotkey to launch the utility and update the BIOS without entering the OS. Update your BIOS easily without preparing a bootable diskette or using an OS-based îÂÂash utility . See page 4-5 for details. ASUS Q-Connector ASUS Q-Connector allows you to easily connect the chassis front panel cables to the motherboard. PEG Link Mode This feature enhances your PCI Express graphics card performance. It allows the motherboard to automatically adjust the PCI Express graphics link mode to the correct frequency based on the system conîÂÂguration. Four additional settings are available for overclocking the PEG Link Mode.
1-6 Chapter 1: Product introduction Precision T weaker This feature allows you to îÂÂne tune the CPU/memory voltage and gradually increase the memory Front Side Bus (FSB) and PCI Express frequency at 1MHz increment to achieve maximum system performance. C.P .R. (CPU Parameter Recall) The C.P .R. feature of the motherboard BIOS allows automatic re-setting to the BIOS default settings in case the system hangs due to overclocking. When the system hangs due to overclocking, C.P .R. eliminates the need to open the system chassis and clear the RTC data. Simply shut down and reboot the system, and the BIOS automatically restores the CPU default setting for each parameter . 1.3.4 ASUS Intelligent Overclocking features ASUS BIOS ProîÂÂle The motherboard features the ASUS BIOS ProîÂÂle that allows users to conveniently store or load multiple BIOS settings. The BIOS settings can be stored in the CMOS or a separate îÂÂle, giving users freedom to share and distribute their favorite settings. AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) ASUS Non-delay Overclocking System⢠(NOS) is a technology that auto-detects the CPU loading and dynamically overclocks the CPU speed only when needed. See page 4-20 for details.
2 Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the jumpers and connectors on the motherboard.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe Chapter summary 2 2.1 Before you proceed ..................................................................... 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview ................................................................. 2-2 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ................................................... 2-6 2.4 System memory ......................................................................... 2-1 1 2.5 Expansion slots .......................................................................... 2-16 2.6 Jumper ........................................................................................ 2-20 2.7 Connectors ................................................................................. 2-21
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-1 Onboard LED The motherboard comes with a standby power LED. The green LED lights up to indicate that the system is ON, in sleep mode, or in soft-off mode. This is a reminder that you should shut down the system and unplug the power cable before removing or plugging in any motherboard component. The illustration below shows the location of the onboard LED. 2.1 Before you proceed T ake note of the following precautions before you install motherboard components or change any motherboard settings. ⢠Unplug the power cord from the wall socket before touching any component. ⢠Use a grounded wrist strap or touch a safely grounded object or to a metal object, such as the power supply case, before handling components to avoid damaging them due to static electricity . ⢠Hold components by the edges to avoid touching the ICs on them. ⢠Whenever you uninstall any component, place it on a grounded antistatic pad or in the bag that came with the component. ⢠Before you install or remove any component, ensure that the A TX power supply is switched off or the power cord is detached from the power supply . Failure to do so may cause severe damage to the motherboard, peripherals, and/or components. M2N-SLI DELUXE Onboard LED SB_PWR ON Standby Power OFF Powered Off R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE
2-2 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.2 Motherboard overview Before you install the motherboard, study the conîÂÂguration of your chassis to ensure that the motherboard îÂÂts into it. 2.2.1 Placement direction When installing the motherboard, make sure that you place it into the chassis in the correct orientation. The edge with external ports goes to the rear part of the chassis as indicated in the image below . 2.2.2 Screw holes Place nine (9) screws into the holes indicated by circles to secure the motherboard to the chassis. Place this side towards the rear of the chassis Make sure to unplug the power cord before installing or removing the motherboard. Failure to do so can cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. Do not overtighten the screws! Doing so can damage the motherboard. R M 2N - SL I D E LU X E
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-3 2.2.3 Motherboard layout Socket AM2 DDR2 DIMM_B1 (128 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_B2 (128 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_A1 (128 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_A2 (128 bit,240-pin module) PCI1 PCI2 PCI3 PCIEX16_1 PCIEX16_2 PRI_IDE PA NE L 4Mb BIOS CR2032 3V Lithium Cell CMOS Power AA FP PCIEX1_2 PCIEX1_1 PS/2KBMS T : Mouse B: K eyboard LAN1_USB12 LAN2_USB34 EATXPWR FLOPP Y AD H CD IE 13 94 _2 US B7 8 USB56 CLRTC CHASSIS SATA2 SATA1 SATA3 SATA4 SATA5 SATA6 SATA_RAID1 CH A_ FA N3 CH A_ FA N4 PW R_ FA N CHA_FAN1 CHA_FAN2 US B9 10 CP U_ FA N Super I/O SP DI F_ OU T SPDIF_O1 SPDIF_O2 COM1 ESATA_1394 AUDIO LPT ATX12V 24.5cm (9.6in) 30.5cm (12.0in) NF570-SLI ADI 1988B Marvell 88E11 16 Marvell 88E11 16 JMicron JMB363 TSB43AB22A SB _P WR R M 2 N - S L I D E L U X E nVIDIA
2-4 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.2.4 Layout contents Slots Page 1. DDR2 DIMM slots 2-1 1 2. PCI slots 2-17 3. PCI Express x1 slots 2-18 4. PCI Express x16 slots 2-18 Jumper Page 1. Clear RTC RAM (3-pin CLR TC) 2-20 Rear panel connectors Page 1. PS/2 mouse port (green) 2-21 2. Serial (COM) port 2-21 3. IEEE 1394a port 2-21 4. LAN 1 (RJ-45) port. 2-21 5. LAN 2 (RJ-45) port. 2-21 6. Rear Speaker Out port (black) 2-21 7. Center/Subwoofer port (orange) 2-21 8. Line In port (light blue) 2-21 9. Line Out port (lime) 2-22 10. Microphone port (pink) 2-22 1 1. Side Speaker Out port (gray) 2-22 12. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2, 3 and 4 2-22 13. External SA T A port 2-22 14. Optical S/PDIF Out port 2-23 15. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port 2-23 16. PS/2 keyboard port (purple) 2-23
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-5 Internal connectors Page 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) 2-24 2. IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) 2-24 3. NVIDIA î nForce 570 SLI Serial A T A connectors (7-pin SA T A1 [red], SA T A2 [red], SA T A3 [red], SA T A4 [red], SA T A5 [red], SA T A6 [red]) 2-25 4. JMicron î Serial A T A RAID connector (7-pin SA T A_RAID1) 2-26 5. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78, USB910) 2-27 6. IEEE 1394a port connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) 2-27 7. CPU, chassis, and power fan connectors (4-pin CPU_F AN, 3-pin CHA_F AN1, 3-pin CHA_F AN2, 3-pin CHA_F AN3, 3-pin CHA_F AN4, 3-pin PWR_F AN1) 2-28 8. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) 2-29 9. AT X p ower co nne cto rs (24-pin EA TXPWR, 4-pin EA TX12V) 2-29 10. Front panel audio con nec tor (10-1 pin AAFP) 2-30 1 1. Optical drive audio co nne ctor (4-pin CD) 2-31 12. Parallel port con nec tor (26-1 pin LPT) 2-31 13. Digital audio con nec tor (4-1 pin SPDIF_OUT) 2-32 14. System panel connector (20-8 pin P ANEL) ⢠System power LED (2-pin LED) ⢠Hard disk drive activity LED (2-pin IDE_LED) ⢠System warning speaker (4-pin SPEAKER) ⢠A TX power button/soft-off button (2-pin PWR) ⢠Reset button (2-pin RESET) 2-33
2-6 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.3.1 Installing the CPU T o install a CPU: 1. Locate the CPU socket on the motherboard. Make sure that the socket lever is lifted up to a 90ú angle; otherwise, the CPU will not îÂÂt in completely . 2. Unlock the socket by pressing the lever sideways, then lift it up to a 90ú angle. 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) The motherboard comes with a 940-pin AM2 socket designed for the AMD Athlon⢠64/AMD Athlon⢠64 FX/AMD Athlon⢠64 X2 and AMD Sempron⢠processors. Socket lever The AM2 socket has a different pin layout from the 940-pin socket designed for the AMD AM2 processor . Make sure you use a CPU is designed for the AM2 socket. The CPU îÂÂts in only one correct orientation. DO NOT force the CPU into the socket to prevent bending the connectors on the socket and damaging the CPU! M2N-SLI DELUXE CPU Socket AM2 R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-7 3. Position the CPU above the socket such that the CPU corner with the gold triangle matches the socket corner with a small triangle. 4. Carefully insert the CPU into the socket until it îÂÂts in place. 5. When the CPU is in place, push down the socket lever to secure the CPU. The lever clicks on the side tab to indicate that it is locked. 6. Install a CPU heatsink and fan following the instructions that came with the heatsink package. Gold triangle Small triangle
2-8 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.3.2 Installing the heatsink and fan The AMD Athlon⢠64/AMD Athlon⢠64 FX/AMD Athlon⢠64 X2 and AMD Sempron⢠processors require a specially designed heatsink and fan assembly to ensure optimum thermal condition and performance. T o install the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. Place the heatsink on top of the installed CPU, making sure that the heatsink îÂÂts properly on the retention module base. Retention module base CPU heatsink CPU fan Retention bracket lock Retention bracket Y our boxed CPU heatsink and fan assembly should come with installation instructions for the CPU, heatsink, and the retention mechanism. If the instructions in this section do not match the CPU documentation, follow the latter . ⢠The retention module base is already installed on the motherboard upon purchase. ⢠Y ou do not have to remove the retention module base when installing the CPU or installing other motherboard components. ⢠If you purchased a separate CPU heatsink and fan assembly , make sure that a Thermal Interface Material is properly applied to the CPU heatsink or CPU before you install the heatsink and fan assembly . Make sure that you use only AMD-certiîÂÂed heatsink and fan assembly .
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-9 2. Attach one end of the retention bracket to the retention module base. 3. Align the other end of the retention bracket (near the retention bracket lock) to the retention module base. A clicking sound denotes that the retention bracket is in place. 4. Push down the retention bracket lock on the retention mechanism to secure the heatsink and fan to the module base. Make sure that the fan and heatsink assembly perfectly îÂÂts the retention mechanism module base, otherwise you cannot snap the retention bracket in place.
2-10 Chapter 2: Hardware information 5. When the fan and heatsink assembly is in place, connect the CPU fan cable to the connector on the motherboard labeled CPU_F AN. M2N-SLI DELUXE CPU Fan Connector CPU_F AN GND CPU F AN PWR CPU F AN IN CPU F AN PWM R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE ⢠Do not forget to connect the CPU fan connector! Hardware monitoring errors can occur if you fail to plug this connector . ⢠This connector is backward compatible to the 3-pin CPU fan connector ..
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-11 2.4 System memory 2.4.1 Overview The motherboard comes with four Double Data Rate 2 (DDR2) Dual Inline Memory Modules (DIMM) sockets. A DDR2 module has the same physical dimensions as a DDR DIMM but has a 240-pin footprint compared to the 184-pin DDR DIMM. DDR2 DIMMs are notched differently to prevent installation on a DDR DIMM socket. The îÂÂgure illustrates the location of the DDR2 DIMM sockets: Channel Sockets Channel A DIMM_A1 and DIMM_A2 Channel B DIMM_B1 and DIMM_B2 M2N-SLI DELUXE 240-pin DDR2 DIMM Sockets 112 Pins 128 Pins DIMM_B2 DIMM_A1 DIMM_A2 DIMM_B1 R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE 2.4.2 Memory conîÂÂgurations Y ou may install 256 MB, 512 MB, 1 GB, and 2GB unbuffered ECC/non-ECC DDR2 DIMMs into the DIMM sockets. Recommended Memory ConîÂÂgurations Mode Sockets DIMM_A1 DIMM_A2 DIMM_B1 DIMM_B2 Single Channel Populated â â â â Populated â â â â Populated â â â â Populated Dual-channel (1) Populated â Populated â â Populated â Populated Dual-channel (2) Populated Populated Populated Populated
2-12 Chapter 2: Hardware information Important notice on installing Windows î XP 32-bit version If you install Windows î XP 32-bit version Operating System (OS), the limitation of this OS version is that it may reserve a certain amount of memory space for system devices. We recommend that you install less than 3 GB system memory if you would like to work under Windows î XP 32-bit version OS. The excess memory installation will not cause any usage problem, but it will not give users the beneîÂÂt of manipulating this excess memory space. Visit the ASUS F AQ site for further explanation: http://support.asus.com/faq/faq. aspx?SLanguage=en-us Under General Search, make the selections as shown, then click Search. Click the article titled â 4GB memory installed but less memory size detected. â Y ou also may check the URLs below for third party comments on this issue: http://dlsvr01.asus.com/pub/ASUS/mb/4GB_Rev1.pdf http:/ /www.i ntel.co m/supp ort/mot herboa rds/se rver /sb/cs -016594 .htm * For dual-channel memory conîÂÂguration (2), you may: ⢠install identical DIMMs in all four sockets OR ⢠install an identical DIMM pair in DIMM_A1 and DIMM_B1 (yellow sockets) and another identical DIMM pair in DIMM_A2 and DIMM_B2 (black sockets) * Always use identical DDR2 DIMM pairs for dual-channel model. For optimum compatibility , we recommend that you obtain memory modules from the same vendor . Visit the ASUS website (www .asus.com) for the latest QualiîÂÂed V endors List. This motherboard can support 8 GB physical memory on the operating systems listed below . Y ou may install a maximum of 2 GB DIMMs on each slot. 32-bit 64-bit Windowsî 2000 Advanced Server Windowsî Server 2003 Enterprise Edition Windowsî Server 2003 Standard x64 Edition Windowsî XP Professional x64 Edition Windowsî Server 2003 Enterprise x64 Edition
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-13 DDR2 Size V endor Model Side(s) Component DIMM socket support A* B* C* 512MB KINGSTON E5108AE-6E-E SS KVR667D2N5/512 ⢠⢠⢠1024MB KINGSTON E5108AE-6E-E DS KVR667D2N5/1G ⢠⢠512MB KINGSTON E5108AE-6E-E SS KVR667D2E5/512 ⢠256MB KINGSTON HYB18T256800AF3 SS KVR667D2N5/256 ⢠⢠⢠256MB SAMSUNG K4T56083QF-ZCE6 SS M378T3253FZ0-CE6 ⢠⢠⢠256MB SAMSUNG K4T51 163QC-ZCE6 SS M378T3354CZ0-CE6 ⢠⢠⢠512MB SAMSUNG ZCE6K4T51083QC SS M378T6553CZ0-CE6 ⢠⢠⢠1024MB SAMSUNG ZCE6K4T51083QC DS M378T2953CZ0-CE6 ⢠⢠⢠512MB MICRON 4VB41D9CZM DS MT16HTF6464A Y -667B4 ⢠⢠256MB InîÂÂneon HYB18T512160AF-3S SS HYS64T32000HU-3S-A ⢠⢠⢠512MB InîÂÂneon HYB18T512800AF3S SS HYS64T64000HU-3S-A ⢠⢠⢠256MB InîÂÂneon HYB18T256800AF3S(ECC) SS HYS72T32000HU-3S-A ⢠⢠512MB InîÂÂneon HYB18T512800AF3S(ECC) SS HYS72T64000HU-3S-A ⢠⢠⢠1024MB InîÂÂneon HYB18T512800AF3S(ECC) DS HYS72T128020HU-3S-A ⢠⢠⢠512MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y5 SS HYMP564U64AP8-Y5 ⢠⢠⢠1024MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y5 DS HYMP512U64AP8-Y5 ⢠⢠⢠1024MB Hynix HY5PS1G831FP-Y5(ECC) SS HYMP1 12U72P8-Y5 ⢠⢠⢠512MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y5(ECC) SS HYMP564U72AP8-Y5 ⢠⢠⢠1024MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y5(ECC) DS HYMP512U72AP8-Y5 ⢠⢠512MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y4 SS HYMP564U64AP8-Y4 ⢠⢠⢠512MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y4(ECC) SS HYMP564U72AP8-Y4 ⢠⢠⢠1024MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y4(ECC) DS HYMP512U72AP8-Y4 ⢠⢠⢠256MB ELPIDA E2508AB-6E-E SS EBE25UC8ABF A-6E-E ⢠⢠⢠512MB ELPIDA E5108AE-6E-E SS EBE51UD8AEF A-6E-E ⢠⢠⢠1024MB ELPIDA Engineering Sample DS EBE1 1UD8AEFA-6E-E ⢠⢠⢠512MB crucial Heat-Sink Package DS BL6464AA664.16FB ⢠⢠⢠1024MB crucial Heat-Sink Package DS BL12864AA664.16F A ⢠⢠⢠512MB crucial Heat-Sink Package DS BL6464AL664.16FB ⢠⢠1024MB crucial Heat-Sink Package DS BL12864AL664.16F A ⢠⢠⢠1024MB Apacer E5108AE-6E-E DS 78.01092.420 ⢠512MB A-DA T A E5108AE-6E-E SS M20EL5G3H3160B1C0Z ⢠QualiîÂÂed V endors List DDR2-667
2-14 Chapter 2: Hardware information QualiîÂÂed V endors List DDR2-800 DDR2 Size V endor Model Side(s) Component DIMM socket support A* B* C* 512MB KINGSTON K4T51083QC SS KVR800D2N5/512 ⢠⢠⢠1024MB KINGSTON K4T51083QC DS KVR800D2N5/1G ⢠⢠⢠512MB InîÂÂneon HYB18T256800AF25F DS HYS64T64020HU-25F-A ⢠⢠⢠512MB Hynix HY5PS12821BFP-S5 SS HYMP564U64BP8-S5 ⢠⢠512MB MICRON 5JAIIZ9DQQ SS MT8HTF6464A Y -80EA3 ⢠⢠512MB MICRON 5ZD22D9GKX SS MT8HTF6464A Y -80ED4 ⢠⢠⢠512MB MICRON 6CD22D9GKX SS MT8HTF6464A Y -80ED4 ⢠⢠256MB A-DA T A E2508AB-GE-E SS M20EL6F3G3160A1D0Z ⢠⢠Side(s) : SS - Single-sided DS - Double-sided DIMM Support: A - Supports one module inserted in any slot for a single-channel memory conîÂÂguration. B - Supports one pair of modules inserted into either the yellow slots or the black slots as one pair of dual-channel memory conîÂÂguration. C - Supports two pairs of modules inserted into the yellow and black slots as two pairs of dual-channel memory conîÂÂguration. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) for the latest memory QualiîÂÂed V endor List (QVL).
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-15 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM Unplug the power supply before adding or removing DIMMs or other system components. Failure to do so can cause severe damage to both the motherboard and the components. T o install a DIMM: 1. Unlock a DIMM socket by pressing the retaining clips outward. 2. Align a DIMM on the socket such that the notch on the DIMM matches the break on the socket. 3. Firmly insert the DIMM into the socket until the retaining clips snap back in place and the DIMM is properly seated. 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM T o remove a DIMM: 1. Simultaneously press the retaining clips outward to unlock the DIMM. 2. Remove the DIMM from the socket. ⢠A DDR2 DIMM is keyed with a notch so that it îÂÂts in only one direction. Do not force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM. ⢠The DDR2 DIMM sockets do not support DDR DIMMs. DO not install DDR DIMMs to the DDR2 DIMM sockets. Support the DIMM lightly with your îÂÂngers when pressing the retaining clips. The DIMM might get damaged when it îÂÂips out with extra force. 1 2 1 DDR2 DIMM notch Unlocked retaining clip DDR2 DIMM notch 1 2 3
2-16 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.5 Expansion slots In the future, you may need to install expansion cards. The following sub-sections describe the slots and the expansion cards that they support. 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card T o install an expansion card: 1. Before installing the expansion card, read the documentation that came with it and make the necessary hardware settings for the card. 2. Remove the system unit cover (if your motherboard is already installed in a chassis). 3. Remove the bracket opposite the slot that you intend to use. Keep the screw for later use. 4. Align the card connector with the slot and press îÂÂrmly until the card is completely seated on the slot. 5. Secure the card to the chassis with the screw you removed earlier . 6. Replace the system cover . 2.5.2 ConîÂÂguring an expansion card After installing the expansion card, conîÂÂgure the it by adjusting the software settings. 1. T urn on the system and change the necessary BIOS settings, if any . See Chapter 4 for information on BIOS setup. 2. Assign an IRQ to the card. Refer to the tables on the next page. 3. Install the software drivers for the expansion card. Make sure to unplug the power cord before adding or removing expansion cards. Failure to do so may cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. When using PCI cards on shared slots, ensure that the drivers support âÂÂShare IRQâ or that the cards do not need IRQ assignments; otherwise, conîÂÂicts will arise between the two PCI groups, making the system unstable and the card inoperable.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-17 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments * These IRQs are usually available for ISA or PCI devices. IRQ Priority Standard function 0 1 System T imer 1 2 Keyboard Controller 2 â Redirect to IRQ#9 4 12 Communications Port (COM1)* 5 13 IRQ Holder for PCI Steering* 6 14 Floppy Disk Controller 7 15 Printer Port (LPT1)* 8 3 System CMOS/Real T ime Clock 9 4 IRQ Holder for PCI Steering* 10 5 IRQ Holder for PCI Steering* 1 1 6 IRQ Holder for PCI Steering* 12 7 PS/2 Compatible Mouse Port* 13 8 Numeric Data Processor 14 9 Primary IDE Channel A B C D E F G H PCI Slot 1 shared PCI Slot 2 shared PCI Slot 3 shared Onboard 1394 shared PCIe x16 slot 1 shared PCIe x16 slot 2 shared PCIe x1 slot 1 shared PCIe x1 slot 2 shared IRQ assignments for this motherboard 2.5.4 PCI slots The PCI slots support cards such as a LAN card, SCSI card, USB card, and other cards that comply with PCI speciîÂÂcations. Refer to the îÂÂgure below for the location of the slots. We recommend that you use PCI3 slot for long PCI cards.
2-18 Chapter 2: Hardware information ⢠In single card mode, we recommend that you use the blue PCI Express x16 (PCIEX16_1) slot. ⢠Due to chipset limitation, the black PCI Express x16 (PCIEX16_2) slot can only operate at x8 speed. ⢠Connect a rear chassis fan to the chassis (CHA_F AN1 or CHA_F AN2) connector when using two graphics cards for better thermal environment. See page 2-28 for details. ⢠We recommend that you provide sufîÂÂcient power when running NVIDIA î SLI⢠mode. See pages 2-29 and 2-30 for details. PCI Express x 16 black slot (at x8 speed) PCI Express x16 blue slot (at x16 speed) PCI slots PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot PCI slots 2.5.5 PCI Express x1 slot This motherboard supports PCI Express x1 network cards, SCSI cards and other cards that comply with the PCI Express speciîÂÂcations. Refer to the îÂÂgure below for the location of the slot. 2.5.6 PCI Express x16 slots This motherboard supports PCI Express x16 graphics cards that comply with the PCI Express speciîÂÂcations. Refer to the îÂÂgure below for the location of the slots.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-19 Recommended PCI Express x16 conîÂÂgurations Mode PCIEX16_1 (Blue) slot PCIE16_2 (Black) slot Card type Speed Card type Speed Non-SLI mode PCIe x16 graphics card x16 NA PCIe x16 graphics card x16 PCIe x16 graphics card x8 PCIe x16 graphics card x16 Other PCIe devices x8, x4, x1 Dual graphics card in SLI Mode T wo identical NVIDIA î SLI⢠Edition graphics cards at x8, x8 speed
2-20 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.6 Jumper Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) This jumper allows you to clear the Real T ime Clock (RTC) RAM in CMOS. Y ou can clear the CMOS memory of date, time, and system setup parameters by erasing the CMOS RTC RAM data. The onboard button cell battery powers the RAM data in CMOS, which include system setup information such as system passwords. T o erase the RTC RAM: 1. T urn OFF the computer and unplug the power cord. 2. Remove the onboard battery . 3. Move the jumper cap from pins 1-2 (default) to pins 2-3. Keep the cap on pins 2-3 for about 5~10 seconds, then move the cap back to pins 1-2. 4. Reinstall the battery . 5. Plug the power cord and turn ON the computer . 6. Hold down the <Del> key during the boot process and enter BIOS setup to re-enter data. Except when clearing the RTC RAM, never remove the cap on CLR TC jumper default position. Removing the cap will cause system boot failure! ⢠Make sure to re-enter your previous BIOS settings after you clear the CMOS. ⢠Y ou do not need to clear the RTC when the system hangs due to overclocking. For system failure due to overclocking, use the C.P .R. (CPU Parameter Recall) feature. Shut down and reboot the system so the BIOS can automatically reset parameter settings to default values. M2N-SLI DELUXE Clear RTC RAM CLRTC Normal Clear CMOS (Default) 2 3 1 2 R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-21 2.7 Connectors 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors 1. PS/2 mouse port (green). This port is for a PS/2 mouse. 2. Serial port. This 9-pin COM1 port is for pointing devices and other serial devices. 3. IEEE 1394a port. This 6-pin IEEE 1394a port provides high-speed connectivity for audio/video devices, storage peripherals, PCs, or portable devices. 4. LAN 1 (RJ-45) port. Supported by Marvell î 88E1 1 16 Gigabit LAN controller , this port allows Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. Refer to the table below for the LAN port LED indications. 5. LAN 2 (RJ-45) port. Supported by the Marvell î 88E1 1 16 Gigabit LAN controller , this port allows Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. Refer to the table below for the LAN port LED indications. Activity/Link Speed LED Status Description Status Description OFF No link OFF 10 Mbps connection ORANGE Linked ORANGE 100 Mbps connection BLINKING Data activity GREEN 1 Gbps connection LAN port LED indications SPEED LED ACT/LINK LED 6. Rear Speaker Out port (black). This port connects the rear speakers in a 4-channel, 6-channel, or 8-channel audio conîÂÂguration. 7. Center/Subwoofer port (orange). This port connects the center/subwoofer speakers. 8. Line In port (light blue). This port connects the tape, CD, DVD player , or other audio sources. LAN port 13 4 6 15 1 2 16 1 4 3 5 7 8 11 12 10 9
2-22 Chapter 2: Hardware information Refer to the audio conîÂÂguration table below for the function of the audio ports in 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel conîÂÂguration. 9. Line Out port (lime). This port connects a headphone or a speaker . In 4-channel, 6-channel, and 8-channel conîÂÂguration, the function of this port becomes Front Speaker Out. 10. Microphone port (pink). This port connects a microphone. 1 1. Side Speaker Out port (gray). This port connects the side speakers in an 8-channel audio conîÂÂguration. Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel conîÂÂguration Port Headset 2-channel 4-channel 6-channel 8-channel Light Blue Line In Line In Line In Line In Lime Line Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Pink Mic In Mic In Mic In Mic In Gray â â â Side Speaker Out Black â Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Orange â â Center/Subwoofer Center/Subwoofer 12. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2, 3 and 4. These 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 13. External SA T A port . This port connects to an external SA T A box or a Serial A T A port multiplier . This port supports a Serial A T A hard disk drive that you can combine with an external Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s device to conîÂÂgure a RAID 0, RAID 1, or JBOD set through the onboard JMicron î SA T A RAID controller . The external SA T A port supports external Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s devices. Longer cables support higher power requirements to deliver signal up to two meters away , and enables improved hot-swap function.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-23 14. Optical S/PDIF Out port . This port connects an external audio output device via an optical S/PDIF cable. 15. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. This port connects an external audio output device via an coaxial S/PDIF cable. 16. PS/2 keyboard port (purple) . This port is for a PS/2 keyboard. ⢠DO NOT insert a dif ferent connector to this port. ⢠DO NOT remove or unplug the external Serial A T A device when running under RAID mode to prevent data loss or damage. ⢠If you intend to create a RAID conîÂÂguration using this connector , set the JMicron JMB363 controller item in the BIOS to [IDE]. See section âÂÂ4.4.7 Onboard Device ConîÂÂgurationâ for details. ⢠Use these ports and an external Serial A T A box connected to the external SA T A port, if you want to conîÂÂgure a RAID 0 or RAID 1 set. ⢠The Serial A T A port multiplier and external Serial A T A box are purchased separately .
2-24 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.7.2 Internal connectors 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) This connector is for the provided îÂÂoppy disk drive (FDD) signal cable. Insert one end of the cable to this connector , then connect the other end to the signal connector at the back of the îÂÂoppy disk drive. Pin 5 on the connector is removed to prevent incorrect cable connection when using a FDD cable with a covered Pin 5. 2. IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) The onboard IDE connector is for the Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable. There are three connectors on each Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable: blue, black, and gray . Connect the blue connector to the motherboardâÂÂs IDE connector , then select one of the following modes to conîÂÂgure your device. ⢠Pin 20 on the IDE connector is removed to match the covered hole on the Ultra DMA cable connector . This prevents incorrect insertion when you connect the IDE cable. ⢠Use the 80-conductor IDE cable for Ultra DMA 100/66 IDE devices. Drive jumper setting Mode of device(s) Cable connector Single device Cable-Select or Master - Black T wo devices Cable-Select Master Black Slave Gray Master Master Black or gray Slave Slave M2N-SLI DELUXE Floppy Disk Drive Connector NOTE: Orient the red markings on the floppy ribbon cable to PIN 1. PIN 1 FLOPPY R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-25 If any device jumper is set as âÂÂCable-Select,â make sure all other device jumpers have the same setting. 3. NVIDIA î nForce î 570 SLI MCP Serial A T A connectors (7-pin SA T A1 [red], SA T A2 [red], SA T A3 [red], SA T A4 [red], SA T A5 [red], SA T A6 [red]) These connectors are for the Serial A T A signal cables for Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s hard disk and optical disk drives. The Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s is backward compatible with Serial A T A 1.5 Gb/s speciîÂÂcation. If you installed Serial A T A hard disk drives, you can create a RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, RAID 5, or JBOD conîÂÂguration through the onboard NVIDIA î MediaShield⢠controller . The RAID function of these connectors is set to [Disabled] by default. If you intend to create a Serial A T A RAID set using these connectors, enable the RAID Enabled item in the SA T A ConîÂÂguration sub-menu in the BIOS. See section âÂÂ4.4.7 Onboard Device ConîÂÂgurationâ for details. M2N-SLI DELUXE IDE Connector PRI_IDE R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE M2N-SLI DELUXE SATA Connectors GN D RS A TA _TXP 5 RS A TA _TXN 5 GN D RS A TA _RXP 5 RS A TA _RXN 5 GN D GN D GN D GN D RS AT A_ RX N6 RS AT A_ TX N6 RS AT A_ TX N6 RS AT A_ RX P6 GN D RS A TA _TXP 1 RS A TA _TXN 1 GN D RS A TA _RXP 1 RS A TA _RXN 1 GN D GN D RS A TA _TXP 2 RS A TA _TXN 2 GN D RS A TA _RXP 2 RS A TA _RXN 2 GN D GN D RS A TA _TXP 3 RS A TA _TXN 3 GN D RS A TA _RXP 3 RS A TA _RXN 3 GN D GN D RS A TA _TXP 4 RS A TA _TXN 4 GN D RS A TA _RXP 4 RS A TA _RXN 4 GN D SATA1 SATA5 SATA4 SATA3 SATA2 SATA6 R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE
2-26 Chapter 2: Hardware information 4. JMicron JMB363 î Serial A T A RAID connector (7-pin SA T A_RAID1) This connector is for a Serial A T A signal cable. This connector supports a Serial A T A hard disk drive that you can conîÂÂgure for RAID through the onboard Serial A T A RAID controller . The JMicron JMB363 controller item in the BIOS is set to [IDE] by default, allowing you to enable the hot-plug function for the external device. Set to [AHCI] to use the connectors to build a RAID set. See section âÂÂ4.4.7 Onboard Device ConîÂÂgurationâ for details. Before creating a RAID set using Serial A T A hard disks, make sure that you have connected the Serial A T A signal cables and installed Serial A T A hard disk drives; otherwise, you cannot enter the JMicron î JMB363 RAID utility and SA T A BIOS setup during POST . M2N-SLI DELUXE SA T A RAID Connector SATA_RAID1 GN D RS AT A_ TXP1 RS AT A_ TXN1 GN D RS AT A_ RXP1 RS AT A_ RXN1 GN D R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE Connect the right-angle side of the SA T A signal cable to the SA T A device or you may connect the right-angle side of the SA T A cable to the onboard SA T A port to avoid placement conîÂÂict with huge graphics cards. right angle side
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-27 5. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78, USB910) These connectors are for USB 2.0 ports. Connect the USB module cable to any of these connectors, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. These USB connectors comply with USB 2.0 speciîÂÂcation that supports up to 480 Mbps connection speed. Never connect a 1394 cable to the USB connectors. Doing so will damage the motherboard! M2N-SLI DELUXE USB 2.0 Connectors USB78 USB 5V USB_P8- USB_P8 GND NC USB 5V USB_P7- USB_P7 GND 1 USB56 USB 5V USB_P6 USB_P6 GND NC USB 5V USB_P5- USB_P5 GND - 1 USB 5V USB 5V USB_P9- USB_P10- USB_P9 USB_P10 GND GND USB910 1 NC R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE 6. IEE E 1394 a port connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) This connector is for a IEEE 1394a port. Connect the IEEE 1394a module cable to this connector , then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. Never connect a USB cable to the IEEE 1394a connector . Doing so will damage the motherboard! Connect one end of the USB cable to the ASUS Q-Connector îÂÂrst before connecting to the USB connector onboard. M2N-SLI DELUXE IEEE 1394a Connector IE1394_2 R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE - 2 A P T D N G - 2 B P T V 2 1 D N G 2 A P T D N G 2 B P T V 2 1 Connect one end of the IEEE1394 cable to the ASUS Q-Connector îÂÂrst before connecting to the IEEE1394 connector onboard.
2-28 Chapter 2: Hardware information 7. CPU, chassis, and power fan connectors (4-pin CPU_F AN, 3-pin CHA_F AN1, 3-pin CHA_F AN2, 3-pin CHA_F AN3, 3-pin CHA_F AN4, 3-pin PWR_F AN) The fan c onnect ors su pport cooli ng fan s of 3 50 mA ~ 2000 mA (24 W max.) or a total of 1 A ~ 3.48 A (41.76 W max.) at 12V . Connect the fan cables to the fan connectors on the motherboard, making sure that the black wire of each cable matches the ground pin of the connector . Do not forget to connect the fan cables to the fan connectors. InsufîÂÂcient air îÂÂow inside the system may damage the motherboard components. These are not jumpers! Do not place jumper caps on the fan connectors! M2N-SLI DELUXE Fan Connectors CHA_F AN1 PWR_F AN CHA_F AN2 GND Rotation 12V GND Rotation 12V CPU_F AN GND CPU F AN PWR CPU F AN IN CPU F AN PWM CHA_F AN3 CHA_FAN4 GND Rotation 12V GND Rotation 12V GND Rotation 12V R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE ⢠Only the CPU_F AN, CHA_F AN1, CHA_F AN2, CHA_F AN3, and CHA_F AN4 connectors support the ASUS Q-Fan2 feature. ⢠If you install two graphics cards, we recommend that you plug the rear chassis fan cable to the motherboard connector labeled CHA_F AN1 or CHA_F AN2 for better thermal environment.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-29 9. AT X p owe r c on ne cto rs (24-pin A TXPWR, 4-pin EA TX12V) These connectors are for A TX power supply plugs. The power supply plugs are designed to îÂÂt these connectors in only one orientation. Find the proper orientation and push down îÂÂrmly until the connectors completely îÂÂt. 8. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) This connector is for a chassis-mounted intrusion detection sensor or switch. Connect one end of the chassis intrusion sensor or switch cable to this connector . The chassis intrusion sensor or switch sends a high-level signal to this connector when a chassis component is removed or replaced. The signal is then generated as a chassis intrusion event. By default, the pins labeled âÂÂChassis Signalâ and âÂÂGroundâ are shorted with a jumper cap. Remove the jumper caps only when you intend to use the chassis intrusion detection feature. M2N-SLI DELUXE Chassis Intrusion Connector CHASSIS 5VSB_MB Chassis Signal GND (Default) R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE M2N-SLI DELUXE ATX Power Connector 3 V olts 3 V olts Ground 5 V olts 5 V olts Ground Ground Power OK 5V Standby 12 V olts -5 V olts 5 V olts 3 V olts -12 V olts Ground Ground Ground PSON# Ground 5 V olts 12 V olts 3 V olts 5 V olts Ground 12V DC GND 12V DC GND A TX12V EA TXPWR R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE
2-30 Chapter 2: Hardware information ⢠For a fully conîÂÂgured system, we recommend that you use a power supply unit (PSU) that complies with A TX 12 V SpeciîÂÂcation 2.0 (or later version) and provides a minimum power of 600 W . ⢠Do not forget to connect the 4-pin A TX 12 V power plug; otherwise, the system will not boot. ⢠Use of a PSU with a higher power output is recommended when conîÂÂguring a system with more power-consuming devices. The system may become unstable or may not boot up if the power is inadequate. 10. Front panel audio con nec tor (10-1 pin AAFP) This connector is for a chassis-mounted front panel audio I/O module that supports either HD Audio or legacy AC`97 audio standard. Connect one end of the front panel audio I/O module cable to this connector . ⢠We recommend that you connect a high-deîÂÂnition front panel audio module to this connector to avail of the motherboardâÂÂs high-deîÂÂnition audio capability . ⢠By default, this connector is set to AC97 Audio. If you want to connect a High DeîÂÂnition front panel audio module to this connector , set the Front Panel Support T ype item in the BIOS to [HD Audio]. See section âÂÂ4.4.7 Onboard Device ConîÂÂgurationâ for details.. M2N-SLI DELUXE Azalia Front Panel Audio Connector R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE AC âÂÂ97-compliant pin definition AAFP NC MIC2_L Line out_R Line out_L NC NC MICPWR NC AGND SENSE2_RETUR PORT1 L PORT2 R PORT2 L SENSE1_RETUR SENSE_SEND PORT1 R PRESENCE# GND Azalia-compliant pin definition
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-31 1 1. Optical drive audio co nne cto r (4-pin CD) This connector allows you to receive stereo audio input from an optical drive such as DVD or CD-ROM.. 12. Parallel port con nec tor (26-1 pin LPT) This connector is for a parallel port. Connect the parallel port module cable to this connector , then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. The parallel port cable is purchased separately . M2N-SLI DELUXE Internal Audio Connector CD (black) Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground Ground R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE M2N-SLI DELUXE Parallel Port Connector LPT STB# AFD PD0 ERR# PD1 INIT # PD2 SLIN# PD3 GND PD4 1 GND PD7 PD6 PD5 GND GND GND ACK# GND BUSY PE SLCT GND GND R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE
2-32 Chapter 2: Hardware information 13. Digital audio con nec tor (4-1 pin SPDIF_OUT) This connector is for an additional Sony/Philips Digital Interface (S/PDIF) port(s). Connect the S/PDIF In/Out module cable to this connector , then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. The S/PDIF module is purchased separately . M2N-SLI DELUXE Digital Audio Connector 5V SPDIFOUT GND SPDIF_OUT R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-33 ⢠System power LED (2-pin PLED) This 2-pin connector is for the system power LED. Connect the chassis power LED cable to this connector . The system power LED lights up when you turn on the system power , and blinks when the system is in sleep mode. ⢠Hard disk drive activity LED (2-pin IDE_LED) This 2-pin connector is for the HDD Activity LED. Connect the HDD Activity LED cable to this connector . The IDE LED lights up or îÂÂashes when data is read from or written to the HDD. ⢠System warning speaker (4-pin SPEAKER) This 4-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted system warning speaker . The speaker allows you to hear system beeps and warnings. ⢠A TX power button/soft-off button (2-pin PWRSW) This connector is for the system power button. Pressing the power button turns the system on or puts the system in sleep or soft-off mode depending on the BIOS settings. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds while the system is ON turns the system OFF . ⢠Reset button (2-pin RESET) This 2-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted reset button for system reboot without turning off the system power . 14. System panel connector (20-8 pin P ANEL) This connector supports several chassis-mounted functions. M2N-SLI DELUXE System Panel Connector * Requires an A TX power supply P ANEL PLED- PWR 5V Speaker Ground RESET Ground Reset Ground Ground PWRSW PLED IDE_LED- IDE_LED IDE_LED PLED SPEAKER R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE
2-34 Chapter 2: Hardware information Q-Connector (System panel) ASUS Q-Connector allows you to easily to connect the chassis front panel cables to the motherboard. Perform these steps to install ASUS Q-Connector . Step 1 Connect the front panel cables to their respective connectors on the ASUS Q-Connector . Refer to the labels on the Q-Connector for proper connection and pin deîÂÂnition. Step 2 Carefully connect the ASUS Q-Connector to the System panel connector . The ASUS Q-Connector îÂÂts only in one orientation; if it doesnâÂÂt îÂÂt, try reversing it. When installed, the Q-connector appears as shown.
3 Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence and ways of shutting down the system.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe Chapter summary 3 3.1 Starting up for the îÂÂrst time ........................................................ 3-1 3.2 Powering off the computer .......................................................... 3-2
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 3-1 3.1 Starting up for the î¿rst time 1. After making all the connections, replace the system case cover . 2. Be sure that all switches are off. 3. Connect the power cord to the power connector at the back of the system chassis. 4. Connect the power cord to a power outlet that is equipped with a surge protector . 5. T urn on the devices in the following order: a. Monitor b. External SCSI devices (starting with the last device on the chain) c. System power 6. After applying power , the system power LED on the system front panel case lights up. For systems with A TX power supplies, the system LED lights up when you press the A TX power button. If your monitor complies with âÂÂgreenâ standards or if it has a âÂÂpower standbyâ feature, the monitor LED may light up or switch between orange and green after the system LED turns on. The system then runs the power-on self tests or POST . While the tests are running, the BIOS beeps or additional messages appear on the screen. If you do not see anything within 30 seconds from the time you turned on the power , the system may have failed a power-on test. Check the jumper settings and connections or call your retailer for assistance. 7. At power on, hold down the <Del> key to enter the BIOS Setup. Follow the instructions in Chapter 4.
3-2 Chapter 3: Powering up 3.2 Powering off the computer 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function If you are using Windows î 2000: 1. Click the Start button then click Shut Down... 2. Make sure that the Shut Down option button is selected, then click the OK button to shut down the computer . 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. If you are using Windows î XP: 1. Click the Start button then select T urn Off Computer . 2. Click the T urn Off button to shut down the computer . 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch While the system is ON, pressing the power switch for less than four seconds puts the system to sleep mode or to soft-off mode, depending on the BIOS setting. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds lets the system enter the soft-off mode regardless of the BIOS setting. Refer to section âÂÂ4.5 Power Menuâ in Chapter 4 for details.
4 BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change the system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided.
Chapter summary 4 ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ............................................ 4-1 4.2 BIOS setup program .................................................................. 4-10 4.3 Main menu .................................................................................. 4-14 4.4 Advanced menu ......................................................................... 4-19 4.5 Power menu ................................................................................ 4-32 4.6 Boot menu .................................................................................. 4-37 4.7 T ools menu ................................................................................. 4-42 4.8 Exit menu .................................................................................... 4-47
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-1 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS The following utilities allow you to manage and update the motherboard Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) setup. 1. ASUS Update (Updates the BIOS in Windows î environment.) 2. ASUS EZ Flash 2 (Updates the BIOS in DOS using a îÂÂoppy disk, USB îÂÂash disk, or the motherboard support CD.) 3. Award BIOS Flash Utility (Updates the BIOS in DOS mode using a bootable îÂÂoppy disk.) 4. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 (Updates the BIOS using a bootable îÂÂoppy disk, USB îÂÂash disk, or the motherboard support CD when the BIOS îÂÂle fails or gets corrupted.) Save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS îÂÂle to a bootable îÂÂoppy disk in case you need to restore the BIOS in the future. Copy the original motherboard BIOS using the ASUS Update or Award BIOS Flash utilities. Installing ASUS Update T o install ASUS Update: 1. Place the support CD in the optical drive. The Drivers menu appears. 2. Click the Utilities tab, then click Install ASUS Update VX.XX.XX. See page 5-3 for the Utilities screen menu. 3. The ASUS Update utility is copied to your system. 4.1.1 ASUS Update utility The ASUS Update is a utility that allows you to manage, save, and update the motherboard BIOS in Windows î environment. The ASUS Update utility allows you to: ⢠Save the current BIOS îÂÂle ⢠Download the latest BIOS îÂÂle from the Internet ⢠Update the BIOS from an updated BIOS îÂÂle ⢠Update the BIOS directly from the Internet, and ⢠View the BIOS version information. This utility is available in the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. ASUS Update requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP).
4-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Quit all Windows î applications before you update the BIOS using this utility . 3. Select the ASUS FTP site nearest you to avoid network trafîÂÂc, or click Auto Select. Click Next. Updating the BIOS through the Internet T o update the BIOS through the Internet: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start > Programs > ASUS > ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate . The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from the Internet option from the drop-down menu, then click Next.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-3 Updating the BIOS through a BIOS îÂÂle T o update the BIOS through a BIOS îÂÂle: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start > Programs > ASUS > ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate . The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from a îÂÂle option from the drop-down menu, then click Next. 4. From the FTP site, select the BIOS version that you wish to download. Click Next. 5. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. The ASUS Update utility is capable of updating itself through the Internet. Always update the utility to avail all its features. 3. Locate the BIOS îÂÂle from the Open window , then click Open. 4. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process.
4-4 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1.2 Creating a bootable îÂÂoppy disk 1. Do either one of the following to create a bootable îÂÂoppy disk. DOS environment a. Insert a 1.44MB îÂÂoppy disk into the drive. b. At the DOS prompt, type format A:/ S then press <Enter>. Windows î XP environment a. Insert a 1.44 MB îÂÂoppy disk to the îÂÂoppy disk drive. b. Click Start from the Windows î desktop, then select My Computer. c. Select the 3 1/2 Floppy Drive icon. d. Click File from the menu, then select Format. A Format 3 1/2 Floppy Disk window appears. e. Select Create an MS-DOS startup disk from the format options îÂÂeld, then click Start. Windows î 2000 environment T o create a set of boot disks for Windows î 2000: a. Insert a formatted, high density 1.44 MB îÂÂoppy disk into the drive. b. Insert the Windows î 2000 CD to the optical drive. c. Click Start, then select Run. d. From the Open îÂÂeld, type D:\bootdisk\makeboot a: assuming that D: is your optical drive. e. Press <Enter>, then follow screen instructions to continue. 2. Copy the original or the latest motherboard BIOS îÂÂle to the bootable îÂÂoppy disk.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-5 T o update the BIOS using EZ Flash 2: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www .asus.com) to download the latest BIOS îÂÂle for the motherboard. 2. Save the BIOS îÂÂle to a îÂÂoppy disk or a USB îÂÂash disk, then restart the system. 3. Y ou can launch the EZ Flash 2 by two methods. (1) Insert the îÂÂoppy disk / USB îÂÂash disk that contains the BIOS îÂÂle to the îÂÂoppy disk drive or the USB port. Press <Alt> <F2> during POST to display the following. 4.1.3 ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility The ASUS EZ Flash 2 feature allows you to update the BIOS without having to go through the long process of booting from a îÂÂoppy disk and using a DOS-based utility . The EZ Flash utility is built-in the BIOS chip so it is accessible by pressing <Alt> <F2> during the Power-On Self-T est (POST). (2) Enter BIOS setup program. Go to the T ools menu to select EZ Flash 2 and press <Enter> to enable it. Y ou can switch between drives by pressing <T ab> before the correct îÂÂle is found. Then press <Enter>. 4. When the correct BIOS îÂÂle is found, EZ Flash 2 performs the BIOS update process and automatically reboots the system when done. ⢠This function can support devices such as USB îÂÂash disk, hard disk, or îÂÂoppy disk with F A T 32/16/12 format only . ⢠Do not shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure! ASUSTek EZ Flash 2 BIOS ROM Utility B312 FLASH TYPE: Winbond W39V080A 8Mb LPC BOARD: M2NSLI Deluxe VER: 0122 DATE: 04/27/2006 Current ROM Update ROM BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown PATH: C:\M2N320C A: C: Note [Enter] Select [S] Save [ESC] Exit [Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move WIN98SE <DIR> NETTERM <DIR> DRIVERS <DIR> RECYCLED <DIR> WUTEMP <DIR> NEWFOL~1 <DIR> INSTALL <DIR> TEST_REB <DIR> MSDOWNLD.TMP <DIR>
4-6 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1.4 Updating the BIOS The Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) can be updated using the AwardBIOS Flash Utility . Follow these instructions to update the BIOS using this utility . 1. Download the latest BIOS îÂÂle from the ASUS web site. Rename the îÂÂle to m2nsli.bin and save it to a îÂÂoppy disk CD ROM or a USB îÂÂash disk in F A T 16/12 format . Save only the updated BIOS îÂÂle in the îÂÂoppy disk to avoid loading the wrong BIOS îÂÂle. 2. Copy the AwardBIOS Flash Utility (awdîÂÂash.exe) from the Software folder of the support CD to the îÂÂoppy disk, CD-ROM, or USB îÂÂash disk with the latest BIOS îÂÂle. 3. Boot the system in DOS mode using the bootable îÂÂoppy disk, CD-ROM, or USB îÂÂash disk you created earlier . 4. When the A:> appears, replace the bootable îÂÂoppy disk with the îÂÂoppy disk containing the new BIOS îÂÂle and the Award BIOS Flash Utility . AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please input File Name! For NF570-SLI-M2N-SLI-DELUXE DATE:03/30/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved For NF570-SLI-M2N-SLI-DELUXE DATE:03/30/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: 0104.bin Message: Do You Want To Save Bios (Y/N) 6. T ype the BIOS îÂÂle name in the File Name to Program îÂÂeld, then press <Enter>.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-7 7. Press <N> when the utility prompts you to save the current BIOS îÂÂle. The following screen appears. 8. The utility veriîÂÂes the BIOS îÂÂle in the îÂÂoppy disk, CD-ROM, or USB îÂÂash disk and starts îÂÂashing the BIOS îÂÂle. Do not turn off or reset the system during the îÂÂashing process! AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Warning: DonâÂÂt Turn Off Power Or Reset System! 9. The utility displays a Flashing Complete message indicating that you have successfully îÂÂashed the BIOS îÂÂle. Remove the disk then press <F1> to restart the system. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved F1 Reset For NF570-SLI-M2N-SLI-DELUXE DATE:03/30/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: m2nsli.bin Flashing Complete Press <F1> to Continue Write OK No Update Write Fail For NF570-SLI-M2N-SLI-DELUXE DATE:03/30/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: m2nsli.bin Programming Flash Memory - OFE00 OK Write OK No Update Write Fail
4-8 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4. The utility saves the current BIOS îÂÂle to the disk, then returns to the BIOS îÂÂashing process. 3. T ype a îÂÂlename for the current BIOS îÂÂle in the Save current BIOS as îÂÂeld, then press <Enter>. T o save the current BIOS îÂÂle using the AwardBIOS Flash Utility: 1. Follow steps 1 to 6 of the previous section. 2. Press <Y> when the utility prompts you to save the current BIOS îÂÂle. The following screen appears. 4.1.5 Saving the current BIOS îÂÂle Y ou can use the AwardBIOS Flash Utility to save the current BIOS îÂÂle. Y ou can load the current BIOS îÂÂle when the BIOS îÂÂle gets corrupted during the îÂÂashing process. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: For NF570-SLI-M2N-SLI-DELUXE DATE:03/30/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: m2nsli.bin Save current BIOS as: AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please Wait! For NF570-SLI-M2N-SLI-DELUXE DATE:03/30/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: m2nsli.bin Checksum: 810DH Save current BIOS as: m2nsli2.bin AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please Wait! For NF570-SLI-M2N-SLI-DELUXE DATE:03/30/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: m2nsli2.bin Now Backup System BIOS to File! Make sure that the disk has enough space to save the îÂÂle.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-9 4.1.6 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 utility The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 is an auto recovery tool that allows you to restore the BIOS îÂÂle when it fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. Y ou can update a corrupted BIOS îÂÂle using the motherboard support CD, îÂÂoppy , or USB îÂÂash disk that contains the updated BIOS îÂÂle. Prepare the motherboard support CD, îÂÂoppy , or USB îÂÂash disk containing the updated motherboard BIOS before using this utility . Recovering the BIOS from the support CD T o recover the BIOS from the support CD: 1. T urn on the system. 2. Insert the motherboard support CD to the optical drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the CD for the BIOS îÂÂle. 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. Award BootBlock BIOS v1.0 Copyright (c) 2000, Award Software, Inc. BIOS ROM checksum error Detecting IDE ATAPI device... Found CDROM, try to Boot from it... Pass When found, the utility reads the BIOS îÂÂle and starts îÂÂashing the corrupted BIOS îÂÂle. Award BootBlock BIOS v1.0 Copyright (c) 2000, Award Software, Inc. BIOS ROM checksum error Detecting IDE ATAPI device... Recovering the BIOS from the USB îÂÂash disk T o recover the BIOS from the USB îÂÂash disk: 1. Insert the USB îÂÂash disk that contains BIOS îÂÂle to the USB port. 2. T urn on the system. 3. The utility will automatically checks the devices for the BIOS îÂÂle When found, the utility reads the BIOS îÂÂle and starts îÂÂashing the corrupted BIOS îÂÂle. 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. ⢠Use only a USB îÂÂash disk smaller than 8GB with single partition and F A T 32/16/12 format. ⢠DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure!
4-10 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.2 BIOS setup program This motherboard supports a programmable Low-Pin Count (LPC) chip that you can update using the provided utility described in section âÂÂ4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS.â Use the BIOS Setup program when you are installing a motherboard, reconîÂÂguring your system, or prompted toâÂÂRun Setup.â This section explains how to conîÂÂgure your system using this utility . Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program, you can change the conîÂÂguration of your computer in the future. For example, you can enable the security password feature or change the power management settings. This requires you to reconîÂÂgure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM of the LPC chip. The LPC chip on the motherboard stores the Setup utility . When you start up the computer , the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. Press <Del> during the Power-On Self-T est (POST) to enter the Setup utility; otherwise, POST continues with its test routines. If you wish to enter Setup after POST , reboot the system by doing any of the following procedures: ⢠Restart using the OS standard shut-down procedure. ⢠Press <Ctrl> <Alt> <Del> simultaneously . ⢠Press the reset button on the system chassis. ⢠Press the power button to turn the system off then back on. Using the power button, reset button, or the <Ctrl> <Alt> <Del> keys to force reset from a running operating system can cause damage to your data or system. We recommend to always shut-down the system properly from the operating system. The Setup program is designed to make it as easy to use as possible. Being a menu-driven program, it lets you scroll through the various sub-menus and make your selections from the available options using the navigation keys. ⢠The default BIOS settings for this motherboard apply for most conditions to ensure optimum performance. If the system becomes unstable after changing any BIOS settings, load the default settings to ensure system compatibility and stability . Select the Load Default Settings item under the Exit Menu. See section âÂÂ4.8 Exit Menu.â â¢ The BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference purposes only , and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS îÂÂle for this motherboard.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-11 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Change the day, month, year and century. Legend bar General help Menu bar Sub-menu items ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds Menu items Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Thu, Apr 6 2006 Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] SATA 1 [None] SATA 2 [None] SATA 3 [None] SATA 4 [None] SATA 5 [None] SATA 6 [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 512MB Usable Memory 511MB 4.2.2 Menu bar The menu bar on top of the screen has the following main items: Main Select to change basic system conîÂÂgurations Advanced Select to conîÂÂgure advanced system settings Power Select for advanced power management (APM) conîÂÂgurations Boot Select to change system boot conîÂÂguration T ools Select to use various ASUS BIOS tools. Exit Select for the exit options and to load default BIOS settings T o select an item on the menu bar , press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard until the desired item is highlighted. ⢠The BIOS setup screens shown in this chapter are for reference purposes only , and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS information.
4-12 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.2.4 Menu items The highlighted item on the menu bar displays the speciîÂÂc items for that menu. For example, selecting Main shows the Main menu items. The other items (Advanced, Power , Boot, and Exit) on the menu bar have their respective menu items. 4.2.5 Sub-menu items A solid triangle before each item on any menu screen means that the item has a sub-menu. T o display the sub-menu, select the item and press <Enter>. 4.2.6 ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds These îÂÂelds show the values for the menu items. If an item is user-conîÂÂgurable, you can change the value of the îÂÂeld opposite the item. Y ou cannot select an item that is not user-conîÂÂgurable. A conîÂÂgurable îÂÂeld is enclosed in brackets, and is highlighted when selected. T o change the value of a îÂÂeld, select it then press <Enter> to display a list of options. Refer to âÂÂ4.2.7 Pop-up window .â 4.2.3 Legend bar At the bottom of the Setup screen is a legend bar . The keys in the legend bar allow you to navigate through the various setup menus. The following table lists the keys found in the legend bar with their corresponding functions. Navigation Key Function <F1> Displays the General Help screen <F5> Loads setup default values <Esc> Exits the BIOS setup or returns to the main menu from a sub-menu Left or Right arrow Selects the menu item to the left or right Up or Down arrow Moves the highlight up or down between îÂÂelds Page Down or Scrolls backward through the values for the highlighted - (minus) îÂÂeld Page Up or (plus) Scrolls forward through the values for the highlighted îÂÂeld
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-13 4.2.7 Pop-up window Select a menu item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up window with the conîÂÂguration options for that item. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Speciî¿es the capacity and physical size of diskette drive A. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Thu, Apr 6 2006 Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] SATA 1 [None] SATA 2 [None] SATA 3 [None] SATA 4 [None] SATA 5 [None] SATA 6 [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 512MB Usable Memory 512MB 4.2.8 General help At the top right corner of the menu screen is a brief description of the selected item. Legacy Diskette A: Disabled ..... [ ] 720K , 3.5 in. ..... [ ] 1.44M, 3.5 in. ..... [ ] âÂÂâ :Move ENTER:Accept ESC:Abort Pop-up menu
4-14 Chapter 4: BIOS setup F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Change the day, month, year and century. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Thu, Apr 6 2006 Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] SATA 1 [None] SATA 2 [None] SATA 3 [None] SATA 4 [None] SATA 5 [None] SATA 6 [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 512MB Usable Memory 511MB 4.3 Main menu When you enter the BIOS Setup program, the Main menu screen appears, giving you an overview of the basic system information. Refer to section âÂÂ4.2.1 BIOS menu screenâ for information on the menu screen items and how to navigate through them. 4.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xx] Allows you to set the system time. 4.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] Allows you to set the system date. 4.3.3 Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Sets the type of îÂÂoppy drive installed. ConîÂÂguration options: [None] [360K, 5.25 in.] [1.2M, 5.25 in.] [720K , 3.5 in.] [1.44M, 3.5 in.]
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-15 4.3.4 Primary IDE Master/Slave While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of IDE devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each IDE device. Select a device item then press <Enter> to display the IDE device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Capacity , Cylinder , Head, Sector and T ransfer Mode). These values are not user-conîÂÂgurable. These items show N/A if no IDE device is installed in the system. PIO Mode [Auto] Sets the PIO mode for the IDE device. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Mode 0] [Mode 1] [Mode 2] [Mode 3] [Mode 4] UDMA Mode [Auto] Disables or sets the UDMA mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Primary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Select [Auto] to automatically detect an IDE hard disk drive. If automatic detection is successful, the BIOS automatically îÂÂlls in the correct values for the remaining îÂÂelds on this sub-menu. If the hard disk was already formatted on a previous system, the setup BIOS may detect incorrect parameters. Select [Manual] to manually enter the IDE hard disk drive parameters. If no drive is installed select [None]. ConîÂÂguration options: [None] [Auto] [Manual] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Set a PIO mode for IDE device. Mode0 through 4 for successive increase in performance. Primary IDE Master PIO Mode [Auto] UDMA Mode [Auto] Primary IDE Master [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Capacity 82 GB Cylinder 39420 Head 16 Sector 255 Transfer Mode UDMA 5
4-16 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Capacity Displays the auto-detected hard disk capacity . This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Cylinder Shows the number of the hard disk cylinders. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Head Shows the number of the hard disk read/write heads. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Sector Shows the number of sectors per track. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. T ransfer Mode Shows the T ransfer mode. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Access Mode [Auto] The default [Auto] allows automatic detection of an IDE hard disk drive. Select [CHS] for this item if you set the IDE Primary Master/Slave to [Manual]. ConîÂÂguration options: [CHS] [LBA] [Large] [Auto] Before attempting to conîÂÂgure a hard disk drive, make sure you have the correct conîÂÂguration information supplied by the drive manufacturer . Incorrect settings may cause the system to fail to recognize the installed hard disk. After entering the IDE hard disk drive information into BIOS, use a disk utility , such as FDISK, to partition and format new IDE hard disk drives. This is necessary so that you can write or read data from the hard disk. Make sure to set the partition of the Primary IDE hard disk drives to active.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-17 4.3.5 SA T A 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of Serial A T A devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each SA T A device. Select a device item then press <Enter> to display the SA T A device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Capacity , Cylinder , Head, Landing Zone and Sector). These values are not user- conîÂÂgurable. These items show 0 if no SA T A device is installed in the system. Extended IDE Drive [Auto] Selects the type of îÂÂxed disk connected to the system. ConîÂÂguration options: [None] [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Sets the sector addressing mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Large] [Auto] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Selects the type of î¿xed disk connected to the system. SATA 1 Extended IDE Drive [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Capacity 0 MB Cylinder 0 Head 0 Landing Zone 0 Sector 0 Before attempting to conîÂÂgure a hard disk drive, make sure you have the correct conîÂÂguration information supplied by the drive manufacturer . Incorrect settings may cause the system to fail to recognize the installed hard disk. Capacity Displays the auto-detected hard disk capacity . This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Cylinder Shows the number of the hard disk cylinders. This item is not conîÂÂgurable.
4-18 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Head Shows the number of the hard disk read/write heads. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Landing Zone Shows the number of landing zone per track. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Sector Shows the number of sectors per track. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. After entering the IDE hard disk drive information into BIOS, use a disk utility , such as FDISK, to partition and format new IDE hard disk drives. This is necessary so that you can write or read data from the hard disk. Make sure to set the partition of the Primary IDE hard disk drives to active. 4.3.6 HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the HDD Self-Monitoring Analysis and Reporting T echnology (SMART) feature. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.3.7 Installed Memory [xxx MB] Shows the size of installed memory . 4.3.8 Usable Memory [XXX MB] Shows the size of usable memory .
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-19 Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Adjust system frequency/ voltage. JumperFree Conî¿guration AI NET2 PEG Link Mode CPU Conî¿guration Chipset PCIPnP Onboard Device Conî¿guration 4.4 Advanced menu The Advanced menu items allow you to change the settings for the CPU and other system devices. T ake caution when changing the settings of the Advanced menu items. Incorrect îÂÂeld values can cause the system to malfunction. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit 4.4.1 JumperFree ConîÂÂguration F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to select overclock proî¿le. JumperFree Conî¿guration AI Tuning [Auto] x Overclock Options Disabled x N.O.S. Option Disabled x CPU Frequency 200.0 x DDR2 Voltage Control Auto x CPU Voltage Auto x CPU Multiplier Auto Advanced Voltage Control Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced AI T uning [Auto] Allows selection of CPU overclocking options to achieve desired CPU internal frequency . Selct either one of the preset overclocking conîÂÂguration options: Manual Allows you to individually set overclocking parameters. Auto Loads the optimal settings for the system.
4-20 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Standard Loads the standard settings for the system. AI Overclock Loads overclocking proîÂÂles with optimal parameters for stability when overclocking. AI N.O.S. The ASUS Non-delay Overclocking System feature intelligently determines the system load and automatically boosts the performance for the most demanding tasks. The following item becomes user-conîÂÂgurable when you set AI T uning to [ AI Overclocking]. Overclock Options [Disabled] Allows you to set the overclocking options. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Overclock 3%] [Overclock 5%] [Overclock 8%] [Overclock 10%] The following item becomes user-conîÂÂgurable when you set AI T uning to [ AI N.O.S.] N.O.S. Option [Disabled] Allows you to set the Non-delay Overclocking System mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Overclock 3%] [Overclock 5%] [Overclock 8%] [Overclock 10%] The following items become user-conîÂÂgurable when you set AI T uning to [ Manual]. CPU Frequency [XXX] (value is auto-detected) Indicates the frequency sent by the clock generator to the system bus and PCI bus. The bus frequency (external frequency) multiplied by the bus multiple equals the CPU speed. The BIOS auto-detects the value of this item. The values range from 200.0 to 400.0. Setting a very high CPU frequency may cause the system to become unstable. If this happens, revert to the default setting. DDR2 V oltage Control [Auto] Allows you to set the operating DDR2 voltage. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.80V] [1.85V] [1.90V] ~ [2.50V]
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-21 CPU Multiplier [Auto] Allows you to set the operating CPU multiplier . The conîÂÂguration options may vary depending on the type of CPU installed. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [5x] [6x] ~ [10x] CPU V oltage [Auto] Allows you to set the operating CPU voltage. The conîÂÂguration options vary depending on the type of CPU installed. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Set NB Core/PCI-E Voltage. Advanced Voltage Control CPU/Chipset HT Voltage [1.20V] Chipset Core Voltage [1.40V] Chipset Standby Core Voltage [1.40V] Chipset PCI-E Voltage [1.50V] CPU VCore Offset Voltage [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced CPU/Chipset HT V oltage [1.20V] Allows you to set the processor/chipset HyperT ransport voltage. Configuration options: [1.20V] [1.25V] [1.30V] [1.35V] [ 1.40V] [ 1.45V] [ 1.50V] Chipset Core V oltage [1.40V] Allows you to set the chipset core voltage. Configuration options: [1.40V] [1.50V] [1.60V] Chipset Standby Core V oltage [1.40V] Allows you to set the chipset standby core voltage. Configuration options: [1.40V] [1.60V] Chipset PCI-E V oltage [1.50V] Allows you to set the chipset PCI Express voltage. Configuration options: [1.50V] [1.55V] [1.60V] [1.65V] [1.70V] CPU VCore Offset V oltage [Disabled] Allows you to disable or set the processor vCore offset voltage. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Offset 100.0mV] Advanced V oltage Control Refer to the CPU documentation before setting the CPU vCore voltage. Setting a high vCore voltage may damage the CPU.
4-22 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.4.2 AI NET2 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Enable or Disable LAN cable check during POST. AI NET2 POST Check LAN Cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN2 Cable [Disabled] Pair Status Length LAN1(1-2) Open N/A LAN1(3-4) Open N/A LAN1(5-6) Open N/A LAN1(7-8) Open N/A LAN2(1-2) Open N/A LAN2(3-4) Open N/A LAN2(5-6) Open N/A LAN2(7-8) Open N/A Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced POST Check LAN Cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN2 Cable [Disabled] Enables or disables checking of the LAN/LAN2 cable during the Power-On Self-T est (POST). ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.4.3 PEG Link Mode Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Enhance performance on PCIE serial graphic card. PEG Link Mode PEG Link Mode [Auto] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced PEG Link Mode [Auto] Allows you to enhance the performance of your PCI Express graphics card. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Normal] [Fast] [Faster] Setting to [Fast] or [Faster] may cause your system to be unstable. If this happens, revert to the default setting [Auto].
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-23 4.4.4 CPU ConîÂÂguration Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help DRAM timing and control. CPU Conî¿guration CPU Type AMD Engineering Sample CPU Speed 2600 MHz Cache RAM 1024K DRAM Conî¿guration AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Function [Enabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Setting platform Memclock or limit value. DRAM Conî¿guration Memory Clock Frequency [Auto] Tcl [Auto] Trcd [Auto] Trp [Auto] Tras [Auto] 1T/2T Memory Timing [Auto] DRAM ECC Enable [Disabled] Advance Memory Settings DRAM Timing Control Output Driver Control Current DRAM Timing 533MHz-4-4-4-12-2T Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced DRAM ConîÂÂguration The items in the sub-menu show the DRAM-related information auto-detected by the BIOS. Memory Clock Frequency [Auto] Sets the memory clock frequency . ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [DDR2 400] [DDR2 533] [DDR2 667] [DDR2 800] T cl [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [3] [4] [5] [6] T rcd [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [3] [4] [5] [6] T rp [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [3] [4] [5] [6] T ras [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [5] [6] [7] ~ [18] 1T/2T Memory Timing [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1T] [2T]
4-24 Chapter 4: BIOS setup DRAM ECC Enable [Disabled] Enables or disables the DRAM ECC function. This item appears only when you install DRAM modules that support ECC function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Advance Memory Settings CPU On-die T ermination ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [300ohm] [150ohm] [75ohm] T rc ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1 1] [12] [13]...[25] [26] T wr ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [3] [4] [5] [6] T rrd ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [2] [3] [4] [5] T rwt ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9] T wtr ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] T rtp ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [2/4] [3/5] T wrrd ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [0] [1] [2] [3] T wrwr ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] T rdrd ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [2] [3] [4] [5] T ref ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Undef] [7.8 us] [3.9 us] T rfc ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [0] [1] [2] [3] [4] [RSVD] [RSVD] [RSVD] DRAM T ermination ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [75 ohms] [150 ohms] [50 ohms] Max Async Latency ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [0 ns] [1 ns] [2 ns] [3 ns]...[14 ns] [15 ns] R/W Queue Bypass ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [2x] [4x] [8x] [16x]
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-25 Dynamic Idle Cycle Counter ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Enabled] Idle Cycle Limit ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [0 cycles] [4 cycles] [8 cycles] [16 cycles] [32 cycles] [64 cycles] [128 cycles] [256 cycles] DCQ Bypass Maximum ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [0x] [1x] [2x] [3x]...[14x] [15x] DRAM Burst Length ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [64-byte] [32-byte] RdPadRcvFIFO Delay ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.5] [2] [2.5] [3] [3.5] Disable Jitter ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [OFF] [ON] DRAM Bank Interleaving ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Bank Swizzle Mode ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] DRAM T iming Control CKE Fine Delay ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [No delay] [1/64 MEMCLK delay] [2/64 MEMCLK delay] [3/64 MEMCLK delay] [4/64 MEMCLK delay] [5/64 MEMCLK delay]...[30/64 MEMCLK delay] [31/64 MEMCLK delay] CKE Setup T ime ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1/2 MEMCLK] [1 MEMCLK] CS/ODT Fine Delay ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [No delay] [1/64 MEMCLK delay] [2/64 MEMCLK delay] [3/64 MEMCLK delay] [4/64 MEMCLK delay] [5/64 MEMCLK delay]...[30/64 MEMCLK delay] [31/64 MEMCLK delay] CS/ODT Setup T ime ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1/2 MEMCLK] [1 MEMCLK] Address/Command Fine Delay ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [No delay] [1/64 MEMCLK delay] [2/64 MEMCLK delay] [3/64 MEMCLK delay] [4/64 MEMCLK delay] [5/64 MEMCLK delay]...[30/64 MEMCLK delay] [31/64 MEMCLK delay]
4-26 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Address/Command Setup T ime ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1/2 MEMCLK] [1 MEMCLK] Read DQS T iming Control ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [No delay] [1/64 MEMCLK delay] [2/64 MEMCLK delay] [3/64 MEMCLK delay] [4/64 MEMCLK delay] [5/64 MEMCLK delay]...[46/64 MEMCLK delay] [47/64 MEMCLK delay] Write Data T iming Control ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [No delay] [1/64 MEMCLK delay] [2/64 MEMCLK delay] [3/64 MEMCLK delay] [4/64 MEMCLK delay] [5/64 MEMCLK delay]...[46/64 MEMCLK delay] [47/64 MEMCLK delay] DQS Receiver Enable T iming ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [0 ps] [50 ps] [100 ps] [150 ps] [200 ps] [250 ps] [300 ps] [350 ps] [400 ps]...[8550 ps] [8600 ps] [8650 ps] [8700 ps] Output Driver Control CKE Drive Strength ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.00x] [1.25x] [1.50x] [2.00x] CS/ODT Drive Strength ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.00x] [1.25x] [1.50x] [2.00x] Add/CMD Drive Strength ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.00x] [1.25x] [1.50x] [2.00x] MEMCLK Drive Strength ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [0.75x] [1.00x] [1.25x] [1.50x] Data Drive Strength ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [0.75x] [1.00x] [1.25x] [1.50x] DQS Drive Strength ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [0.75x] [1.00x] [1.25x] [1.50x] DRAM Drivers Weak Mode ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Normal] [Weak] AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Function [Enabled] Enables or disables the AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet technology . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-27 4.4.5 Chipset F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Chipset CPU<->MCP55 HT Speed [5x] CPU<->MCP55 HT Width [ â 16 â 16] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced CPU<->MCP55 HT Speed [5x] Sets the processor and MCP55 HyperT ransport speed. ConîÂÂguration options: [1x] [2x] [3x] [4x] [5x] CPU<->MCP55 HT Width [ âÂÂ16 âÂÂ16] Allows you to set processor and MCP55 HyperT ransport speed. ConîÂÂguration options: [ â 8 â 8] [â 16 â 16]
4-28 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Select Yes if you are using a Plug and Play capable operating system. Select No if you need the BIOS to conî¿gure non-boot devices. PCIPnP Plug & Play O/S [No] Resources Controlled By [Auto] x IRQ Resources Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4.6 PCIPnP Plug & Play O/S [No] When set to [No], the BIOS conîÂÂgures all the devices in the system. When set to [Y es] and if you install a Plug and Play operating system, the operating system conîÂÂgures the Plug and Play devices not required for boot. ConîÂÂguration options: [No] [Y es] Resources Controlled By [Auto] When set to [Auto], the BIOS automatically conîÂÂgures all the boot and Plug and Play compatible devices. Set to [Manual] if you want to assign the IRQ DMA and memory base address îÂÂelds. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Manual] The item IRQ Resources becomes user-conîÂÂgurable when you set Resources Controlled By to [Manual]. IRQ Resources IRQ Resources IRQ-5 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-7 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-9 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-10 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-11 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-14 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-15 assigned to [PCI Device] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Legacy ISA for devices compliant with the original PC AT bus speciî¿cation, PCI/ISA PnP for devices compliant with the Plug and Play standard whether designed for PCI or ISA bus architecture. IRQ-xx assigned to When set to [PCI Device], the speciîÂÂc IRQ is free for use of PCI/PnP devices. When set to [Reserved], the IRQ is reserved for legacy ISA devices. ConîÂÂguration options: [PCI Device] [Reserved]
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-29 Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced IDE Function Setup This sub-menu contains IDE function-related items. Select an item then press <Enter> to edit. IDE Function Setup OnChip IDE Channel0 [Enabled] IDE DMA transfer access [Enabled] IDE Prefetch Mode [Enabled] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to set Onboard Device Conî¿guration IDE Function Setup Serial-ATA Conî¿guration USB Conî¿guration Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled] Onboard 1st nVidia LAN [Enabled] Onboard 2nd nVidia LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Primary Display Adapter [PCI-E slot] HD Audio [Auto] Front Panel Support Type [AC97] JMicron SATAII Controller [IDE] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Mode [EPP] x ECP Mode Use DMA 3 Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4.7 Onboard Device ConîÂÂguration OnChip IDE Channel0 [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip IDE channel 0 controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] IDE DMA transfer access [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the IDE DMA transfer access. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] IDE Prefetch Mode [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the IDE PIO read prefetch mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-30 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced Serial-A T A ConîÂÂguration This sub-menu allows you to change Serial A T A settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to edit. Serial-ATA Conî¿guration Serial-ATA Controller [Enabled] RAID Enabled [Disabled] x SATA 1 RAID Disabled x SATA 2 RAID Disabled x SATA 3 RAID Disabled x SATA 4 RAID Disabled x SATA 5 RAID Disabled x SATA 6 RAID Disabled Serial-A T A Controller [Enabled] Enables or disables the Serial A T A controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] RAID Enabled [Disabled] Enables or disables the onboard RAID controller . When set to [Enabled], the succeeding items become user-conîÂÂgurable. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] SA T A 1~6 RAID [Disabled] Enables or disables the RAID function of the SA T A 1~6 drives. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Enable or Disable the USB Controller. USB Conî¿guration USB Controller [Enabled] USB2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB Legacy support [Enabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced USB ConîÂÂguration The items in this menu allows you to change the USB-related features. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. USB Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip USB controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the USB 2.0 controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB Legacy Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable support for USB devices on legacy operating systems (OS). ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-31 Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled] Allows you to disable or enable the onboard 1394 device support. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Onboard 1st/2nd Nvidia LAN [Enabled] Enables or disables the onboard NVIDIA î LAN controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] OnBoard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard LAN boot ROM. ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Primary Display Adapter [PCI-E Slot] Allows you to select the graphics controller to use as the primary boot device. ConîÂÂguration options: [PCI Slot] [PCI-E slot] HD Audio [Auto] Allows you to disable or set the High-DeîÂÂnition audio function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] Front Panel Support T ype [AC97] Allows you to set the front panel audio support type. ConîÂÂguration options: [AC97] [HD Audio] JMicron SA T AII Controller [IDE] Allows you to disable or set the function of the extended SA T A II controller. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [IDE] [RAID] [AHCI] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Allows you to select the Serial Port1 base address. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [3F8/IRQ4] [2F8/IRQ3] [3E8/IRQ4] [2E8/IRQ3] [Auto] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Allows you to select the Parallel Port address. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [378/IRQ7] [278/IRQ5] [3BC/IRQ7] Parallel Port Mode [EPP] Allows you to select the Parallel Port mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Normal] [EPP] [ECP] [Bi-Directional] The âÂÂECP Mode Use DMAâ item becomes user-conîÂÂgurable when the â Parallel Port Modeâ item is set to [ECP] or [Bi-Directional] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] Allows selection of ECP Mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [1] [3]
4-32 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.5 Power menu The Power menu items allow you to change the settings for the Advanced ConîÂÂguration and Power Interface (ACPI) and the Advanced Power Management (APM). Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. 4.5.1 ACPI Suspend T ype [S1&S3] Allows you to select the Advanced ConîÂÂguration and Power Interface (ACPI) state to be used for system suspend. ConîÂÂguration options: [S1 (POS)] [S3(STR)] [S1&S3] 4.5.2 ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Advanced ConîÂÂguration and Power Interface (ACPI) support in the Application-SpeciîÂÂc Integrated Circuit (ASIC). When set to Enabled, the ACPI APIC table pointer is included in the RSDT pointer list. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to select whether or not to restart the system after AC power loss. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI APIC support [Enabled] APM Conî¿guration Hardware Monitor
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-33 4.5.3 APM ConîÂÂguration Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to select whether or not to restart the system after AC power loss. APM Conî¿guration Restore on AC Power Loss [Power-Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] Power On By PCI/PCIE Devices [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On by RTC Alarm [Disabled] x Date (of Month) Alarm 0 x Time (hh:mm:ss) Alarm 0 : 0 : 0 Power Up By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power Up By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power Restore on AC Power Loss [Power-Off] Allows you to enable or disable the Restore on AC Power Loss function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Power-Off] [Power-On] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] Allows you to set the event after the power button is pressed for more than 4 seconds. ConîÂÂguration options: [Suspend] [Instant-Off] Power On By PCI/PCIE Devices [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the PME to wake up from S5 by PCI or PCI Express devices and NV Onboard LAN. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] This allows either settings of [Enabled] or [Disabled] for powering up the computer when the external modem receives a call while the computer is in Soft-off mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit The computer cannot receive or transmit data until the computer and applications are fully running. Thus, connection cannot be made on the îÂÂrst try . T urning an external modem off and then back on while the computer is off causes an initialization string that turns the system power on.
4-34 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable RTC to generate a wake event. When this item is set to Enabled, the items Date of Month Alarm and T ime (hh:mm:ss) Alarm items become user-conîÂÂgurable with set values. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Date of Month Alarm [Disabled] T o set the date of alarm, highlight this item and press <Enter> to display the Date of Month Alarm pop-up menu. Key-in a value within the speciîÂÂed range then press <Enter>. ConîÂÂguration options: [Min=0] [Max=31] Time (hh:mm:ss) Alarm [Disabled] T o set the time of alarm: 1. Highlight this item and press <Enter> to display a pop-up menu for the hour îÂÂeld. 2. Key-in a value (Min=0, Max=23), then press <Enter>. 3. Press <T AB> to move to the minutes îÂÂeld then press <Enter>. 4. Key-in a minute value (Min=0, Max=59), then press <Enter>. 5. Press <T AB> to move to the seconds îÂÂeld then press <Enter>. 6. Key-in a value (Min=0, Max=59), then press <Enter>. Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to use the PS/2 mouse to turn on the system. This feature requires an A TX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Allows you to disable the Power On by PS/2 keyboard function or set speciîÂÂc keys on the PS/2 keyboard to turn on the system. This feature requires an A TX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Space Bar] [Ctrl-ESC] [Power Key]
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-35 2.5.4 Hardware Monitor The items in this sub-menu displays the hardware monitor values automatically detected by the BIOS. It also allows you to change CPU Q-Fan feature-related parameters. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. CPU Q-Fan Control [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the CPU Q-Fan controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The CPU Q-Fan ProîÂÂle item becomes user-conîÂÂgurable when you set the CPU Q-Fan Control item to [Enabled]. CPU Q-Fan ProîÂÂle [Performance] Allows you to set the appropriate performance level of the CPU Q-Fan. When set to [Optimal], the CPU fan automatically adjusts depending on the CPU temperature. Set this item to [Silent] to minimize fan speed for quiet CPU fan operation, or [Performance] to achieve maximum CPU fan speed. ConîÂÂguration options: [Performance] [Optimal] [Silent] Chassis Q-Fan Control [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the chassis Q-Fan controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to enable or disable. Hardware Monitor CPU Q-Fan Control [Disabled] x CPU Q-Fan Proî¿le Performance Chassis Q-Fan Control [Disabled] x Chassis Q-Fan Proî¿le Performance Vcore Voltage 1.47V 3.3V Voltage 3.15V 5V Voltage 5.05V 12V Voltage 11.58V CPU Temperature 48úC M/B Temperature 41úC CPU FAN Speed 3068 RPM CHA_FAN1 Speed 0 RPM CHA_FAN2 Speed 0 RPM CHA_FAN3 Speed 0 RPM CHA_FAN4 Speed 0 RPM PWR_FAN Speed 0 RPM CPU Fan Speed warning [ 800 RPM] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit
4-36 Chapter 4: BIOS setup The Chassis Q-Fan ProîÂÂle item becomes user-conîÂÂgurable when you set the Chassis Q-Fan Control item to [Enabled]. Chassis Q-Fan ProîÂÂle [Performance] Allows you to set the appropriate performance level of the chassis Q-Fan. When set to [Optimal], the chassis fan automatically adjusts depending on the chassis temperature. Set this item to [Silent] to minimize fan speed for quiet chassis fan operation, or [Performance] to achieve maximum chassis fan speed. ConîÂÂguration options: [Performance] [Optimal] [Silent] Vcore V oltage, 3.3V V oltage, 5V V oltage, 12V V oltage The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects the voltage output through the onboard voltage regulators. CPU T emperature, M/B T emperature The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the motherboard and CPU temperatures. These items are not user-conîÂÂgurable. CPU Fan Speed CHA_F AN1/2/3/4 Speed PWR_F AN Speed The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the CPU, Chassis, power , and Southbridge chip fan speeds in rotations per minute (RPM). If any of the fans is not connected to the motherboard, the îÂÂeld shows 0. These
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-37 4.6 Boot menu The Boot menu items allow you to change the system boot options. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Select Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Removable Drives Hard Disk Drives CDROM Drives Boot Settings Conî¿guration Security F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Select Your Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority 1st Boot Device [Removable] 2nd Boot Device [Hard Disk] 3rd Boot Device [CDROM] 4th Boot Device [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot 1st ~ 4th Boot Device [Removable] These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available devices. The number of device items that appears on the screen depends on the number of devices installed in the system. ConîÂÂguration options: [Removable] [Hard Disk] [CDROM] [Disabled]
4-38 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.6.2 Removable Drives 1. Floppy Disks Allows you to assign a removable drive attached to the system. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Removable Drives 1. Floppy Disks Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot 4.6.3 Hard Disk Drives 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX Allows you to assign hard disk drives attached to the system. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Hard Disk Drives 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot 4.6.4 CDROM Drives 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX Allows you to assign optical drives attached to the system. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help CDROM Drives 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-39 4.6.5 Boot Settings ConîÂÂguration F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to enable or disable. Boot Settings Conî¿guration Case Open Warning [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Disabled] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] x Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) 6 x Typematic Delay (Msec) 250 OS Select For DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Halt On [All Errors] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot Case Open W arning [Enabled] Enables or disables the chassis open status feature. Setting to Enabled, clears the chassis open status. Refer to section âÂÂ2.7.2 Internal connectorsâ for setting details. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the system quick boot feature. When Enabled, the system skips certain tests while booting. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Disabled] Enables or disables the îÂÂoppy seek feature while booting. Setting to Enabled, clears the chassis open status. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Allows you to select the power-on state for the NumLock. ConîÂÂguration options: [Off] [On] T ypematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Allows you to set the keystroke rate. Enable this item to conîÂÂgure the T ypematic Rate (Chars/Sec) and the T ypematic Delay (Msec). ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The items T ypematic Rate (Chars/Sec) and T ypematic Delay (Msec) become user-conîÂÂgurable only when the item T ypematic Rate Setting is enabled.
4-40 Chapter 4: BIOS setup T ypematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Allows you to select the rate at which a character repeats when you hold a key . ConîÂÂguration options: [6] [8] [10] [12] [15] [20] [24] [30] T ypematic Delay (Msec) [250] Allows you to set the delay before keystrokes begin to repeat. ConîÂÂguration options: [250] [500] [750] [1000] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] Set this item to OS2 only when you are running on an OS/2 operating system with an installed RAM of greater than 64 KB. ConîÂÂguration options: [Non-OS2] [OS2] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the full screen logo display feature. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Make sure that the above item is set to [Enabled] if you want to use the ASUS MyLogo2⢠feature. Halt On [All Errors] Allows you to error report type. ConîÂÂguration options: [All Errors] [No Errors] [All, But Keyboard] [All, But Diskette] [All, But Disk/Key] 4.6.6 Security Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Security Supervisor Password Clear User Password Clear Password Check [Setup] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot Supervisor Password User Password These îÂÂelds allow you to set passwords: T o set a password: 1. Select an item then press <Enter>. 2. T ype in a password using a combination of a maximum of eight (8) alpha- numeric characters, then press <Enter>.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-41 3. When prompted, conîÂÂrm the password by typing the exact characters again, then press <Enter>. The password îÂÂeld setting is changed to Set. T o clear the password: 1. Select the password îÂÂeld and press <Enter> twice. The following message appears: PASSWORD DISABLED !!! Press any key to continue... 2. Press any key to continue. The password îÂÂeld setting is changed to Clear . A note about passwords The Supervisor password is required to enter the BIOS Setup program preventing unauthorized access. The User password is required to boot the system preventing unauthorized use. Forgot your password? If you forget your password, you can clear it by erasing the CMOS Real T ime Clock (RTC) RAM. The RAM data containing the password information is powered by the onboard button cell battery . If you need to erase the CMOS RAM, refer to section âÂÂ2.6 Jumperâ for instructions. Password Check This îÂÂeld requires you to enter the password before entering the BIOS setup or the system. Select [Setup] to require the password before entering the BIOS Setup. Select [System] to require the password before entering the system. ConîÂÂguration options: [Setup] [System]
4-42 Chapter 4: BIOS setup The succeeding items become user-conîÂÂgurable when you enable the ASUS Music Alarm. 4.7 Tools menu The T ools menu items allow you to conîÂÂgure options for special functions. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help ASUS Music Alarm ASUS O.C. Proî¿le ASUS EZ Flash 2 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit 4.7.1 ASUS Music Alarm Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to select. ASUS Music Alarm ASUS Music Alarm [Disabled] x Alarm Date: Sunday Enabled x Monday Enabled x Tuesday Enabled x Wednesday Enabled x Thursday Enabled x Friday Enabled x Saturday Enabled x Alarm Time (hh:mm) 0 : 0 x Audio CD Drive Primary IDE Master x Detect CD Enter x Starting Track N/A x Repeat Track Disabled x Length 10 Mins x Volume 16 Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Tools F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit ASUS Music Alarm [Disabled Allows you to enable or disable the ASUS Music Alarm function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-43 Alarm Date: Sunday/Monday/T uesday/Wednesday/Thursday/Friday/ Saturday [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the alarm for a particular day . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Alarm Time (hh:mm) 0 : 0 Allows you to set the alarm time. Press <T ab> to select the îÂÂeld, then use < > or <-> to change the value. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Audio CD Drive [Primary IDE Master] Allows you to select the connection conîÂÂguration of the optical storage device from which the alarm music will play from. ConîÂÂguration options: [Primary IDE Master] [Primary IDE Slave] Detect CD Press <Enter> to search the CD track number . Starting T rack Allows you to choose the starting track from the CD from which you would like the alarm music to play . Repeat T rack [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the repeat track function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Single] [All] Length [10 Mins] Allows you to set the length of the music alarm. ConîÂÂguration options: [10 Mins] [20 Mins] [30 Mins] [1 Hour] V olume [16] Allows you to set the volume level of the music alarm. ConîÂÂguration options: [01] ~ [32] ⢠Only the IDE A T API devices from the chipset can support the Music Alarm function. ⢠When Music Alarm is enabled, the system needs standby power . Make sure that the power cord is plugged to a power source. ⢠Y ou can also set the alarm time from the operating system using the ASUS Music Alarm utility . See section âÂÂ5.3.6 ASUS Music Alarmâ for details. ⢠ASUS Music Alarm supports audio CDs only .
4-44 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.7.2 ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle This item allows you to store or load multiple BIOS settings. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to select. ASUS BIOS Proî¿le Load BIOS Proî¿le Save BIOS Proî¿le Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Tools Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Load BIOS Proî¿le from Proî¿le 1. Load BIOS Proî¿le Load from Proî¿le 1 Load from Proî¿le 2 Load from File Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Tools Load BIOS ProîÂÂle Load from ProîÂÂle 1/2 Allows you to load the previous BIOS settings saved in the BIOS Flash. Press <Enter> to load the îÂÂle. Load from File Allows you to load the previous BIOS îÂÂle saved in the hard disk, îÂÂoppy disk, or USB îÂÂash disk with a F A T32/16/12 format. T o load the BIOS îÂÂle: 1. Insert the storage device that contains the âÂÂxxx.CMOâ BIOS proîÂÂle. 2. T urn on the system. 3. Enter BIOS setup program. Go to T ools then select Load from File and press <Enter>. 4. Press <T ab> to select the drive with the BIOS proîÂÂle then press <Enter> to load îÂÂle. 5. Follow message screen when loading is îÂÂnished. Update only a BIOS îÂÂle coming from the same memory/CPU conîÂÂguration and BIOS version. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Load BIOS Proî¿le from Proî¿le 1. Load BIOS Proî¿le Load from Proî¿le 1 Load from Proî¿le 2 Load from File Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Tools
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-45 Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Save current BIOS Proî¿le to Proî¿le 1. Save BIOS Proî¿le Save to Proî¿le 1 Save to Proî¿le 2 Save to File Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Tools Save BIOS ProîÂÂle Save to ProîÂÂle 1/2 Allows you to save the current BIOS îÂÂle to the BIOS Flash. Press <Enter> to save the îÂÂle. Save to File Allows you to save the current BIOS îÂÂle to the hard disk, a îÂÂoppy , or USB îÂÂash disk with a F A T32/16/12 format. T o save the BIOS îÂÂle: 1. Insert the storage device with at least xxMB of available storage space. 2. T urn on the system. 3. Enter the BIOS setup program. Go to T ool then select Save to File and press <Enter>. 4. Press <T ab> to select the drive with the BIOS proîÂÂle then press <Enter> to load îÂÂle. 5. Follow message screen when loading is îÂÂnished. A pop-up message will inform you when the saving process is îÂÂnished. The BIOS îÂÂle will be saved as âÂÂxxx.CMOâÂÂ. ASUSTek O.C. Proî¿le Utility B311 BOARD: M2NSLI VER: 04241.bin DATE: 05/12/2006 Current CMOS Update CMOS BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown PATH: C:\M2N320C A: C: Note [Enter] Select [Y] Yes [N/Eec] No [Left/Right]: Switch WINDOWS <DIR> M2N32 <DIR> DOCUME"1 <DIR> PROGRA"1 <DIR> SYSTEM"1 <DIR> M2NSLI <DIR> RECYCLED <DIR> TEST_REB <DIR> BOOTFONT.BIN 213830 2001-09-05 20:00:00 CMOS backup is done! Press any key to Exit.
4-46 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.7.4 ASUS EZ Flash 2 Allows you to run ASUS EZ Flash 2. Press <Enter> to start EZ Flash 2 then from the conîÂÂrmation screen, use the left or right arrows to select [Y es] or [No] then press <Enter>. The following screen appears if you select [Y es]. Follow screen instructions to îÂÂash the BIOS. ASUSTek EZ Flash 2 BIOS ROM Utility B311 FLASH TYPE: Winbond W39V080A 8Mb LPC BOARD: M2NSLI Deluxe VER: 0122.bin DATE: 05/12/2006 Current ROM Update ROM BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown PATH: C:\M2N320C A: C: Note [Enter] Select [S] Save [ESC] Exit [Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move WIN98SE <DIR> NETTERM <DIR> DRIVERS <DIR> RECYCLED <DIR> WUTEMP <DIR> NEWFOL~1 <DIR> INSTALL <DIR> TEST_REB <DIR> MSDOWNLD.TMP <DIR>
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-47 4.8 Exit menu The Exit menu items allow you to load the optimal or failsafe default values for the BIOS items, and save or discard your changes to the BIOS items. Exit & Save Changes Once you are îÂÂnished making your selections, choose this option from the Exit menu to ensure the values you selected are saved to the CMOS RAM. An onboard backup battery sustains the CMOS RAM so it stays on even when the PC is turned off. When you select this option, a conîÂÂrmation window appears. Select YES to save changes and exit. Pressing <Esc> does not immediately exit this menu. Select one of the options from this menu or <F10> from the legend bar to exit. Exit & Discard Changes Select this option only if you do not want to save the changes that you made to the Setup program. If you made changes to îÂÂelds other than System Date, System T ime, and Password, the BIOS asks for a conîÂÂrmation before exiting. Load Setup Defaults This option allows you to load the default values for each of the parameters on the Setup menus. When you select this option or if you press <F5>, a conîÂÂrmation window appears. Select YES to load default values. Select Exit & Save Changes or make other changes before saving the values to the non-volatile RAM. Discard Changes This option allows you to discard the selections you made and restore the previously saved values. After selecting this option, a conîÂÂrmation appears. Select YES to discard any changes and load the previously saved values. If you attempt to exit the Setup program without saving your changes, the program prompts you with a message asking if you want to save your changes before exiting. Press <Enter> to save the changes while exiting. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help This option save data to CMOS and exiting the setup menu. Exit & Save Changes Exit & Discard Changes Load Setup Default Discard Changes F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit
4-48 Chapter 4: BIOS setup
5 Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe Chapter summary 5 5.1 Installing an operating system ................................................... 5-1 5.2 Support CD information .............................................................. 5-1 5.3 Software information ................................................................... 5-8 5.4 RAID conîÂÂgurations .................................................................. 5-28 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ....................................................... 5-45
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-1 If Autorun is NOT enabled in your computer , browse the contents of the support CD to locate the îÂÂle ASSETUP .EXE from the BIN folder . Double-click the ASSETUP .EXE to run the CD. Click an item to install 5.1 Installing an operating system This motherboard supports Windows î 2000/XP/64-bit XP operating systems (OS). Always install the latest OS version and corresponding updates to maximize the features of your hardware. 5.2 Support CD information The support CD that came with the motherboard package contains the drivers, software applications, and utilities that you can install to avail all motherboard features. 5.2.1 Running the support CD Place the support CD to the optical drive. The CD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer . ⢠Motherboard settings and hardware options vary . Use the setup procedures presented in this chapter for reference only . Refer to your OS documentation for detailed information. ⢠Make sure that you install Windows î 2000 Service Pack 4 or the Windows î XP Service Pack2 or later versions before installing the drivers for better compatibility and system stability . The contents of the support CD are subject to change at any time without notice. Visit the ASUS website(www.asus.com) for updates. Click an icon to display support CD/motherboard information
5-2 Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.2 Drivers menu The drivers menu shows the available device drivers if the system detects installed devices. Install the necessary drivers to activate the devices. Nvidia Chipset Driver Program Installs the NVIDIA î Chipset drivers for the NVIDIA î nForce⢠570 SLI chipset. AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Driver Installs the AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠technology driver . SoundMAX ADI1988 Audio Driver Installs the SoundMAX î ADI1988 audio driver and application. JMicron JMB35X RAID Controller Driver Installs the JMicron î JMB363 Serial A T A RAID controller driver . USB 2.0 Driver Installs the Universal Serial Bus 2.0 (USB 2.0) driver .
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-3 5.2.3 Utilities menu The Utilities menu shows the applications and other software that the motherboard supports. ASUS Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Utility Installs the AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠software. ASUS PC Probe II This smart utility monitors the fan speed, CPU temperature, and system voltages, and alerts you of any detected problems. This utility helps you keep your computer in healthy operating condition. ASUS Update The ASUS Update utility allows you to update the motherboard BIOS in Windows î environment. This utility requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP). ADOBE Acrobat V7.0 Installs the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader that allows you to open, view , and print documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Installs the Microsoft î DirectX 9.0c driver . The Microsoft DirectX î 9.0c is a multimedia technology that enhances computer graphics and sound. DirectX î improves the multimedia features of you computer so you can enjoy watching TV and movies, capturing videos, or playing games in your computer . Visit the Microsoft website (www .microsoft.com) for updates.
5-4 Chapter 5: Software support ASUS AI Booster The ASUS AI Booster application allows you to overclock the CPU speed in Windows î environment. ASUS AI Nap The ASUS AI Nap application allows you to minimize the power consumption of your computer whenever you are away . ASUS AI Gear The ASUS AI Gear application provides system performance options that allows you to select the best performance for your computing needs. Anti-virus Utility The anti-virus application scans, identiîÂÂes, and removes computer viruses. View the online help for detailed information. ASUS Screen Saver Bring life to your computer screen by installing the ASUS screen saver . 5.2.4 Make Disk menu The Make Disk menu contains items to create the NVIDIA î nForce⢠570 SLI or JMicron î JMB363 SA T A/P A T A RAID driver disk.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-5 Make nVidia 32bit SA T A RAID Driver Make nVidia 64bit SA T A RAID Driver Allows you to create an NVIDIA î Serial A T A RAID driver disk for a 32-bit/64-bit system. Make JMicron JMB363 RAID Driver Disk Allows you to create a JMicron î JMB363 RAID driver disk. 5.2.5 Manuals menu The Manuals menu contains a list of supplementary user manuals. Click an item to open the folder of the user manual. Most user manual îÂÂles are in Portable Document Format (PDF). Install the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader from the Utilities menu before opening a user manual îÂÂle.
5-6 Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.6 ASUS Contact information Click the Contact tab to display the ASUS contact information. Y ou can also îÂÂnd this information on the inside front cover of this user guide. 5.2.7 Other information The icons on the top right corner of the screen give additional information on the motherboard and the contents of the support CD. Click an icon to display the speciîÂÂed information. Motherboard Info Displays the general speciîÂÂcations of the motherboard.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-7 Browse this CD Displays the support CD contents in graphical format. T echnical support Form Displays the ASUS T echnical Support Request Form that you have to îÂÂll out when requesting technical support.
5-8 Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.1 Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠T echnology The motherboard supports the AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠T echnology that dynamically a n d a u t o m a t i c a l l y c h a n g e t h e C P U s p e e d , v o l t a g e , a n d a m o u n t o f p o w e r depending on the task the CPU performs. Enabling Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠T echnology T o enable Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠T echnology: 1. T u rn on the sy stem and ent er BIOS by p ressing the <Del> ke y d uring the Power On Self-T ests (POST). 2. Go to Advanced -> CPU ConîÂÂguration -> AMD K8 Cool âÂÂnâÂÂQuiet Control and set it to [Enabled]. See section âÂÂ4.4 Advanced Menu.â 3. In the Power menu, select the item ACPI 2.0 Support and set it to [Enabled]. See section âÂÂ4.5 Power Menu.â 4. Save your changes and exit BIOS Setup. 5. Reboot your computer and set your Power Option Properties depending on your operating system. Windows î 2000/XP 1. From the Windows î 2000/XP operating system, click the Start button. Select Settings, then Control Panel. 2. Make sure the Control Panel is set to Classic View . 3. D o u b l e - c l i c k t h e D i s p l a y i c o n i n t h e C o n t r ol P a n e l t he n s e l e ct t he Screen Saver tab. 4. C l i c k t h e P o w e r . . . b u t t o n . T h e following dialog box appears. 5. F r o m t h e P o we r s c he m e s c o m b o l i s t b o x , s e l e c t M i n i m a l P o w e r Management. 6. Click OK to effect settings. Mak e su re t o in stall th e Co ol â nâ Q u ie t ! ⢠d r i v e r a n d a p p l i ca t i o n before using this feature. 5.3 Software information Most of the applications in the support CD have wiza rds that will conveniently guide you through the installation. View the online help or readme îÂÂle that came with the software application for more information.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-9 Windows î 98 SE/Me 1. From the Windows î 98 SE/Me operating system, click the Start button. Select Settings, then Control Panel. 2. Do ub le -c li ck t he D is pl ay i co n in the Control Panel then select the Screen Saver tab. 3. From the Energy saving features o f m o n i t o r g r o u p , c l i c k t h e Settings... button. ⢠Make sure to install the AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠driver and application before using this feature. ⢠The AMD Co ol â nâ Q uiet !⢠t echno logy fea ture wor ks o nly wit h th e AMD heatsink and fan assembly with monitor chip ⢠If yo u pu rch ased a sep ara te h eat sink an d f an p acka ge, us e th e AS US Q -F a n t e c hn o lo g y f e a tu r e t o a ut o m at i ca l l y a d ju s t t h e C P U f a n s p e ed according to your system loading. 4. F r o m t h e P o w e r O p t i o n s P r o p e r t i e s d i a l o g b o x , s e l e c t t h e A M D â s C o o l â n â Q u i e t ( t m ) T echnology tab. 5. C l i c k t h e P e r f o r m a n c e c o m b o l i s t b o x t o s e l e c t d e s i r e d m od e . A ut o m at i c M od e i s t h e recommended setting. 6. Click OK to effect settings.
5-10 Chapter 5: Software support Launching the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠software The motherboard support CD includes the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠software that enables you to view your systemâÂÂs real-time CPU Frequency and voltage. T o launch the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠program: 1. If you are using Windows î 98SE/Me/2000, click the Start button. Select Programs-> ASUS -> Cool & Quiet -> Cool & Quiet. 2. If you are using Windows î XP , click the Start button. Select All Programs-> ASUS -> Cool & Quiet -> Cool & Quiet. 3. The Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠technology screen appears and displays the current CPU Frequency and CPU V oltage. Make sure to install the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠software from the motherboard support CD. Refer to section âÂÂ5.2.3 Utilities menuâ for details.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-11 5.3.2 ASUS PC Probe II PC Probe II is a utility that monitors the computerâÂÂs vital components, and detects and a lerts y ou of an y p roblem with t hese co mponen ts. PC P robe II sense s fan ro tat ions , CPU tem per atu re, a nd sy ste m vol tag es, a mon g o the rs. B eca use P C Probe II i s so ftware-based, you can start mo nitoring your com puter the moment you turn it on. With this utility , you are assured that your computer is always at a healthy operating condition. Installing PC Probe II T o install PC Probe II on your computer: 1. Place the support CD to the optical drive. The Drivers installation tab appears if your computer has an enabled Autorun feature. If Autorun is not enabled in your computer , browse the contents of the support CD to locate the setup.exe îÂÂle from the ASUS PC Probe II folder . Double-click the setup.exe îÂÂle to start installation. 2. Click the Utilities tab, then click ASUS PC Probe II. 3. Follow the screen instructions to complete installation. Launching PC Probe II Y ou can launch the PC Probe II right after installation or anytime from the Windows î desktop. T o launch the PC Probe II from the Windows î desktop, click Start > All Programs > ASU S > PC Pr obe I I > PC Pr obe I I v 1.00 .43. Th e PC Pr obe I I m ain w indo w appears. Af ter l aunc hin g t he ap pli cati on, t he PC Pro be II i con a ppe ars i n the W ind ows î taskbar . Click this icon to close or restore the application. Using PC Probe II Main window The PC Pro be II mai n wi ndow allo ws you to vie w the cur rent sta tus of your syst em a n d c h a n g e t h e u t i l i t y c o n f i g u r a t i on . By d ef au lt, t he ma in w in do w d is pl ay s the Preferenc e se ction. Y ou can close o r r e s t or e t he P r e fe r e n ce s e c ti o n b y c l i c k i n g o n t h e t r i a n g l e o n t h e m a i n win dow ri ght ha ndle. C l i c k t o c l o s e t h e Preference panel
5-12 Chapter 5: Software support Button Function Opens the ConîÂÂguration window Opens the Report window Opens the Desktop Management Interface window Opens the Peripheral Component Interconnect window Opens the Windows Management Instrumentation window Opens the hard disk drive, memory , CPU usage window Shows/Hides the Preference section Minimizes the application Closes the application Sensor alert When a system sensor detects a problem, the main window right handle turns red, as the illustrations below show . Wh en di spla yed , the mon ito r p ane l for tha t sen sor a lso t urn s r ed. Ref er to t he Monitor panels section for details. Preferences Yo u c a n c u s t o m i z e t h e a p p l i c a t i o n u s i n g t h e P r e f e r e n c e s e c t i o n i n t h e m a i n w i n d o w. C l i c k t h e b o x b e f o r e e a c h p r e f e r e n c e t o a c t i v a t e o r deactivate.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-13 Changing the monitor panels position T o c hange the p ositi on of t he mon itor p anel s i n the d eskto p, cli ck the arrow do wn bu tton of the Scheme opt ions, then select anoth er position from the list box. Click OK when îÂÂnished. Moving the monitor panels All monitor panels move together using a magnetic effect. If you want to detach a monitor panel from the group, click the horseshoe magnet icon. Y ou can now move or reposition the panel independently . Hardware monitor panels The hardware monitor panels display the current value of a system sensor such as fan rotation, CPU temperature, and voltages. The hardware monitor panels come in two display modes: hexagonal (large) and rectangular (small). When you check the Enable Monitoring Panel option from the Preference section, the monitor panels appear on your computerâÂÂs desktop. Large display Small display C l i c k t o i n c r e a s e value Click to decrease value Adjusting the sensor threshold value Y ou can adjust the sensor threshold value i n th e m on i to r p a ne l b y cl i ck i ng th e o r buttons. Y ou can also adjust the threshold values using the ConîÂÂg window . Y ou c a nn o t a dj u st t h e s en s or t h re sh o ld va lue s i n a s ma ll mon it or ing pa nel .
5-14 Chapter 5: Software support Monitoring sensor alert The monitor panel turns red when a component value exceeds or is lower than the threshold value. Refer to the illustrations below . Large display Small display WMI browser C l i c k t o d i s p l a y t h e W M I ( W i n d o w s M a n a g e m e n t I n s t r u m e n t a t i o n ) b r o w s e r . T h i s b r o w s e r d i s p l a y s v a r i o u s W i n d o w s î m an a ge m en t i nf o rm a ti o n. C l ic k a n ite m f rom th e left pane l to di splay o n the right panel. Click the plus sign ( ) before WMI Information to display the available information. Y ou can enlarge or reduce the browser size by dragging the bottom right corner of the browser . DMI browser C l i c k t o d i s p l a y t h e D M I ( D e s k t o p M a n a g e m e n t I n t e r f a c e ) browser . This browser displays various d e s k t o p a n d s y s t e m i n f o r m a t i o n . C l i c k t h e p l u s s i g n ( ) b e f o r e D M I I n f o r ma t i o n t o d i s p l a y t h e a v a i la b l e information.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-15 PCI browser C l i c k t o d i s p l a y t h e P C I ( Pe ri ph e ra l Co m po ne nt In t er co nn e ct ) b r o w s e r . T h i s b r o w s e r p r o v i d e s information on the PCI devices installed o n y o u r s y s t e m . C l i c k t h e p l u s s i g n ( ) b efore the PC I Info rmati on item to display available information. Usage The Usa ge bro wser dis play s r eal- time inf orma tion o n the C PU, h ard di sk dr ive space, and memory usage. Click to display the Usage browser . CPU usage T he C PU ta b d is pl a ys r e al -t im e C PU u s a g e i n l i n e g r a p h r e p r e s e n t a t i o n . I f t h e C P U h a s a n e n a b l e d H y p e r - - Th re ad in g , t w o s e pa ra te l i ne g ra ph s display the operation of the two logical processors. Hard disk drive space usage T he H ar d D is k t ab d i sp la y s t h e us e d a n d a v a il a b l e h a r d d is k d r i ve s p a ce . The left panel of the tab lists all logical drives. Click a hard disk drive to display the information on the right panel. The pie char t at th e bott om of t he win dow r e p r e s e n t s t h e u s e d ( b l u e ) a n d t h e available HDD space.
5-16 Chapter 5: Software support Memory usage T h e M e m o r y t a b s h o w s b o t h u s e d a nd a va i la b l e ph y s ic a l m em o r y . T he pie chart at the bottom of t he wi ndow r e p r e s e n t s t h e u s e d ( b l u e ) a n d t h e available physical memory . ConîÂÂguring PC Probe II Click to view and adjust the sensor threshold values. The ConîÂÂg window has two tabs: Sensor/Threshold and Preference. The Sensor/ Threshold tab enables you to activate the sensors or to adjust the sensor threshold values. The Preference tab allows you to customize sensor alerts, or change the temperature scale. Loads the default threshold values for each sensor Applies your changes Cancels or ignores your changes L o a d s y o u r s a v e d co nî gur at ion S a v e s y o u r conîÂÂguration
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-17 5.3.3 ASUS Music Alarm This motherboard is equipped with an audio alarm clock called ASUS Music Alarm. The ASUS Music Alarm gives you a personal wake-up called with your favorite CD music when the system is off. The onboard audio CODEC supports this feature, which requires an optical drive (CD-ROM, CD-RW , or DVD-ROM). ⢠Make sure that the power cord is plugged to a grounded power source so that the system has standby power . ⢠ASUS Music Alarm only supports audio CDs. ⢠ASUS Music Alarm will not work if you installed and enabled an add-on sound card. ⢠Only IDE A T API devices from the Southbridge support this feature. Hardware setup T o set up the hardware: 1. Connect the analog audio cable from the optical drive to the 4-pin CD-In connector labeled CD on the motherboard. See section âÂÂ2.x.x Internal connectorsâ for the connector location. 2. Connect speakers or a headphone to the Line-Out (lime-colored) port on the front or rear panel for audio output. Y ou may also connect speakers or a headphone to the output jack on the optical drive. 3. Refer to the succeeding sections to make the appropriate settings in the BIOS or in Windows î . BIOS conîÂÂguration T o enable ASUS Music Alarm in the BIOS: 1. T urn on the system. 2. During POST , press <Del> to enter BIOS setup. 3. Go to the T ools menu, then select ASUS Music Alarm . 4. Set the ASUS Music Alarm item to [Enabled]. See section âÂÂ4.7.1 ASUS Music Alarmâ for details.
5-18 Chapter 5: Software support OS conîÂÂguration T o conîÂÂgure ASUS Music Alarm in Windows î 1. Place the support CD into the optical drive. 2. Click the Utilities tab and choose ASUS Music Alarm to install the utility . 3. Insert an audio CD into the optical drive. 4. Launch the ASUS Music Alarm application by going to Start > ASUS > ASUS Music Alarm . The main window appears. Alarm information section shows the alarm time and days Music section shows the drive letter of the chosen optical drive and the starting track number to use as music alarm Minimize button Exit button Options section shows playing options 5. Click the arrow ( ) next to Time for Next Alarm in the Alarm information section. The Alarm T ime Setting panel appears. Set the days and time of the alarm, or enable/disable the Music Alarm feature. When done, click OK. 6. Click the arrow ( ) next to Music in the Music section. The Music Selection panel appears. Select the optical storage device, then choose the starting CD track number from which you would like the music alarm to play . When done, click OK.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-19 7. Click the arrow ( ) next to Options in the Options section. The Options panel appears. Disable or select the Repeat mode, then specify the length of the alarm music to play . Set the desired volume. When done, click OK. 8. After you have îÂÂnished making all the required settings, turn off the system. Adjusting the volume T o adjust the volume while the music alarm is playing: ⢠Use the <Up> or <Down> arrow key to increase or decrease the volume. T urning off the music alarm T o turn off the music alarm: ⢠Press any key to stop playing the CD and turn off the system. ⢠While the music alarm is playing, the system wake-up features (LAN, keyboard, mouse, PCI/PCIE device, modem) are deactivated. ⢠If the system loses connection or if it does not detect any optical drive or audio CD, the ASUS Music Alarm is automatically disabled/turned off. ⢠While the music alarm is playing, the optical drive front panel functions are automatically disabled. ⢠The ASUS Music Alarm works only when the system is off.
5-20 Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.4 ASUS AI Nap This feature allows you to minimize the power consumption of your computer whenever you are away . Enable this feature for minimum power consumption and a more quiet system operation. After installing AI Nap from the bundled support CD, you can launch the utility by double-clicking the AI Nap icon on the Windows OS taskbar . Click Y es on the conîÂÂrmation screen. T o exit AI Nap mode, press the system power or mouse button then click Y es on the conîÂÂrmation screen.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-21 5.3.5 ASUS AI Gear ASUS AI Gear provides four system performance options that allows you to select the best performance setting for your computing needs. This easy-to-use utility adjusts the processor frequency and vCore voltage to minimize system noise and power consumption. After installing AI Gear from the bundled support CD, you can launch AI Gear by double-clicking the AI Gear icon on your Windows OS taskbar . Shift the gear to the performance setting that you like. Maximum Performance Medium Performance High Performance Maximum Power Saving
5-22 Chapter 5: Software support Y ou can also set the AI Gear modes by clicking the AI Gear icon on the Windows taskbar . ⢠When AI Gear is enabled, the system will automatically optimize the CPU and chassis fan speed according to the system loading. ⢠The AI Booster (AI NOS) and AI Gear functions cannot be enabled simultaneously .
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-23 5.3.6 SoundMAX î High DeîÂÂnition Audio utility T h e A D I A D1 9 8 8 B H ig h D e f i ni t i o n A u d io C OD E C p r o vi d e s 8 -c h a n n el a u d i o c ap a bi l i ty t h ro u gh t he S o un d MA X î a ud i o u ti l it y w i th A u di o ES P ⢠s of t wa r e t o deliver the ultimate audio experience on your PC. The software implements high quality audio synthesis/rendering, 3D sound positioning, and advanced voice-input technologies. Fol low t he ins tall atio n wiza rd to i nsta ll th e AD I AD 1988 B A udio D rive r from the support CD that came with the motherboard package to activate the SoundMAX î audio utility . If the Soun dMAX î audio utili ty is correctly instal led, you will îÂÂnd the SoundMAX î icon on the taskbar . ⢠Y ou must use 4-channel, 6-channel or 8-channel speakers for this setup. ⢠SoundMAX î requires Microsoft î Windows î 2000/XP or later version. Make s ur e t h at o ne o f t h es e o p er at i ng s ys t em s i s in s ta ll e d b e fo re i ns t al li n g SoundMAX î . ⢠Jack Retaski ng func tion wo rks on High Deî nition front panel audio por ts only .
5-24 Chapter 5: Software support From the taskbar , double-click on the SoundMAX î icon to display the SoundMAX î Control Panel. Audio Setup Wizard B y cl i ck i ng t h e ic o n fr o m t he S o un d MA X î c on t ro l p an e l, yo u c an ea s il y conî gure your audio s ettings . S imply fol low succ eeding sc reen ins truction s and begin enjoying High DeîÂÂnition Audio.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-25 Jack conîÂÂguration This screen helps you conîÂÂgure your computerâÂÂs audio ports, depending on the audio devices you have installed. Adjust speaker volume This screen helps you adjust speaker volume. Click the T est button to hear the changes you have made. Adjust microphone volume This screen helps you adjust microphone volume. Y ou will be asked to read pre-written text to allow the AudioWizard to adjust the volume as you speak.
5-26 Chapter 5: Software support Audio preferences Click the icon to go to the Preferences page. This page allows you to change various audio settings. General options Cl ick t he G ene ral t ab to cho ose you r pl ayb ack a nd re cor din g de vice s, e nab le/ disable the AudioESP⢠feature, and enable/disable digital output. Microphone options Click the Listening Environment tab allows you to optimize your microphone input settings.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-27 Enhanced Microphone Features V oice recording Enab les Noi se Filt er func tion. D etects repe titive and st ationa ry nois es like computer fans, air conditioners, and other background noises then eliminates it in the incoming sudio stream while recording. Y ou can enable it for a better recording quality . Directional Array Re ce ive s on ly t he s oun d co mi ng fr om t he r ec ept io n c on e an d el imi na tes int erfe renc es in clud ing ne ighb orin g spe aker s a nd re verb erat ions . Y o u c an enable it to transit clearer sound during on-line games, MSN, or Skype. Speaker Phone Advanced de-reverberation techniques can help to reduce echo and mnimize its effect on the speech engine. Y ou can enable it when you have conference call to reduce echoes in the other side. T h e d i r e c t i o n a l A r r a y a n d S p e a k e r P h o n e function only when working with the ASUS Array Nic.
5-28 Chapter 5: Software support 5.4 RAID conî¿gurations The m otherb oard co mes wit h the NV IDIA î nFo rce⢠57 0 S LI Mul tiShie ld⢠and JMicro î JMB363 RAID controllers that allow you to conîÂÂgure Serial A T A hard disk drives as RAID sets. The motherboard supports the following RAID conîÂÂgurations. RAID 0 ( Data striping ) optimizes two identical hard disk drives to read and write data in parallel, interleaved stacks. T wo hard disks perform the same work as a single drive but at a sustained data transfer rate, double that of a single disk alone, thus improving data access and storage. Use of two new identical hard disk drives is required for this setup. RAID 1 ( Data mirroring ) copies and maintains an identical image of data from one dri ve to a s econd driv e. If o ne dri ve fai ls, the disk arra y mana geme nt soft ware di rec ts al l app lic ati ons to t he su rvi vin g dri ve a s i t co ntai ns a c omp let e cop y of the data in the other drive. This RAID conîÂÂguration provides data protection and i nc re as es fa ul t t ol er an c e t o t he e n ti re s ys t em . Us e t wo n ew d r iv es o r u se a n existing drive and a new drive for this setup. The new drive must be of the same size or larger than the existing drive. RAID 0 1 is data striping and data mirroring combined without parity (redundancy data) having to be calculated and written. With the RAID 0 1 conîÂÂguration you get all the beneîÂÂts of both RAID 0 and RAID 1 conîÂÂgurations. Use four new hard disk drives or use an existing drive and three new drives for this setup. R A I D 5 s t r i p e s b o t h d a t a a n d p a r i t y i n f o r m a t i o n a c r o s s t h r e e o r m o r e h a r d d i s k d r i v e s . A m o n g t h e a d v a n t a g e s o f R A I D 5 c o n f i g u r a t i o n i n c l u d e b e t t e r H D D p e r f o r m a n c e , f a u l t t o l e r a n c e , a n d h i g h e r s t o r a g e c a p a c i t y. T h e R A I D 5 c on f ig u r at i on i s b e st s u it e d f or t r an s ac t io n p r oc e ss i ng , r el a t io n al d a ta b as e appl ication s, ente rprise r esource plann ing, an d other b usines s s ystems . U se a minimum of three identical hard disk drives for this setup. JBOD ( Spanning ) stands for Just a Bunch of Disks and refers to hard disk drives that are not yet conîÂÂgured as a RAID set. This conîÂÂguration stores the same data redundantly on multiple disks that appear as a single disk on the operating system. Spanning does not deliver an y advantage over using separ ate disks independently and does not provide fault tolerance or other RAID performance beneîÂÂts.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-29 5.4.1 Installing hard disks The motherboard supports Serial A T A hard disk drives. For optimal performance, install identical drives of the same model and capacity when creating a disk array . Installing Serial A T A (SA T A) hard disks T o install the SA T A hard disks for a RAID conîÂÂguration: 1. Install the SA T A hard disks into the drive bays. 2. Connect the SA T A signal cables. 3. Connect a SA T A power cable to the power connector on each drive . If you want to boot the system from a hard disk drive included in a RAID set, copy îÂÂrst the RAID driver from the support CD to a îÂÂoppy disk before you install an operating system to a selected hard disk drive. Refer to section âÂÂ5.6 Creating a RAID driver diskâ for details. Refer to the RAID controllers user manual in the motherboard support CD for detailed information on RAID conîÂÂgurations. See section âÂÂ5.2.4 Manuals menu.âÂÂ
5-30 Chapter 5: Software support 5.4.2 NVIDIA î MediaShield⢠RAID conîÂÂgurations The motherboard includes a high performance SA T A RAID controller integrated in the NVIDIA î nForce⢠570 SLI southbridge chipset. It supports RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, RAID 5 and JBOD for six independent Serial A T A channels. Setting the BIOS RAID items After installing the hard disk drives, make sure to set the necessary RAID items in the BIOS before setting your RAID conîÂÂguration. T o set the BIOS RAID items: 1. Boot the system and press <Del> during the Power-On Self-T est (POST) to enter the BIOS Setup Utility . 2. From the Ma in > IDE C onîÂÂgur ation me nu item in the BIOS se t the nVid ia RAID Function item to Enabled. 3. Select and enable the SA T A drive(s) that you want to conîÂÂgure as RAID. See section âÂÂ4.3.6 IDE ConîÂÂgurationâ for details. 4. Save your changes and Exit Setup. ⢠For detailed descriptions on the NVIDIAî RAID conîÂÂguration, refer to the âÂÂN VIDI A î Med iaSh iel d RA ID Use râÂÂs Ma nual â fo und in y our mot her boar d support CD. ⢠Wh en u si ng Wi nd ow s 2 00 0 o pe ra tin g s ys te m, m ake s ur e t o i ns ta ll th e Windows 2000 Service Pack 4 or later versions. M a k e s u r e t o r e - en t e r y ou r N V R A ID s e t t i ng s a f t er t h e C M OS i s c l ea r e d ; otherwise, the system will not recognize your RAID setup.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-31 Entering the NVIDIA î MediaShield RAID utility T o enter the NVIDIA î RAID utility: 1. Boot up your computer . 2. During POST , press <F10> to display the main menu of the utility . The RAID BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference only , and may not exactly match the items on your screen. [F6] Back [F7] Finish [TAB] Navigate [ âÂÂâ ] Select [ENTER] Popup At the bottom of the screen are the navigation keys. These keys allow you to move through and select menu options. NVIDIA RAID Utility Oct 5 2004 - Deî¿ne a New Array - RAID Mode: Striping Striping Block: Optimal Free Disks Array Disks Loc Disk Model Name Loc Disk Model Name 1.0.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 1.1.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX [ â ] Add 2.0.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 2.1.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX [ â ] Del Creating a RAID V olume T o create a RAID volume: 1. From the NVIDIA î RAID utility DeîÂÂne a New Array menu, select RAID Mode then press <Enter>. The following submenu appears. Use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID mode then press <Enter>. Mirroring Striping Stripe Mirroring Spanning
5-32 Chapter 5: Software support TIP: For ser ver sy stems, we recom mend u sing a l ower a rray block size . For mu lt im ed ia co mp ut er sy st em s u se d m ai nl y f or au di o a nd v id eo ed it in g, we recommend a higher array block size for optimum performance. T ake caution in using this option. All data on the RAID drives will be lost! 2. P r e s s < TA B > s e l e c t t h e S t r i p i n g B l o c k t h e n p r e s s < E n t e r > . T h e following submenu appears: If you selected Striping or Stripe Mirroring, use the up or down arrow keys to select the stripe size for your RAID 0 array then press <Enter>.The available values range from 8 KB to 128 KB. The default selection is 128 KB. The strip value should be chosen based on the planned drive usage. ⢠8 /16 KB - low disk usage ⢠64 KB - typical disk usage ⢠128 KB - performance disk usage 3.` Press <T AB> to select the Free Disks area. Use the left or right arrow keys to assign the array disks. 4. Press <F7> to create RAID set. The following message box appears. Clear disk data? [Y] YES [N] 5. Press <Y> to clear the selected disks or <N> to proceed without clearing the disks. The following screen appears. 8K â 16K 32K 64K 128K Optim âÂÂ
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-33 Rebuilding a RAID array T o rebuild a RAID array: 1. From the Array List menu, use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array then press <Enter>. The RAID Array details appear . [Ctrl-X]Exit [ âÂÂâ ]Select [B]Set Boot [N]New Array [ENTER]Detail NVIDIA RAID Utility Oct 5 2004 - Array List - Boot Id Status Vendor Array Model Name No 4 Healthy NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 6. Press <Ctrl X> to save settings and exit. [R] Rebuild [D] Delete [C] Clear Disk [ENTER] Return Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Array Detail - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB
5-34 Chapter 5: Software support A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 2. Press <R> to rebuild a RAID array . The following screen appears. 3. Use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array to rebuild, then press <F7>. The following conîÂÂrmation message appears. [ âÂÂâ ] Select [F6] Back [F7] Finish Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Select Disk Inside Array - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB Rebuild array? [ENTER] OK [ESC] Cancel 4. Press <Enter> to start rebuilding array or press <Esc> to cancel. 5. After the rebuild process, the Array list menu appears.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-35 Deleting a RAID array T o delete a RAID array: 1. From the Array List menu, use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array then press <Enter>. The RAID Array details appear . [R] Rebuild [D] Delete [C] Clear Disk [ENTER] Return Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Array Detail - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 2. P re s s < D > t o d e le t e a R AI D a rr a y . Th e f o ll ow i ng co n fi r ma t io n m es s ag e appears. Delete this array? [Y] YES [N] No 4. If you selected Y es, the DeîÂÂne a New Array menu appears. T ake caution in using this option. All data on the RAID drives will be lost! 3. Press <Y> to delete array or press <N> to cancel.
5-36 Chapter 5: Software support Clearing a disk data T o clear disk data: 1. From the Array List menu, use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array then press <Enter>. The RAID Array details appear . [R] Rebuild [D] Delete [C] Clear Disk [ENTER] Return Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Array Detail - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 2. Press <C> to clear disk. The following conîÂÂrmation message appears. T ake caution in using this option. All data on the RAID drives will be lost! Clear disk data? [Y] YES [N] 5. Press <Y> to clear the disk data or press <N> to cancel.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-39 5.4.3 JMicron î RAID ConîÂÂguration The JMicron î Serial A T A controller allows you to conîÂÂgure RAID 0 and RAID 1 sets on the external Serial A T A hard disk drives. Before creating a RAID set Prepare the following items: ⢠At two HDDs, preferably with the same model and capacity . ⢠A white îÂÂoppy disk ⢠Microsoft î Windows î OS installation disk (Windows 2000/XP/2003) ⢠Motherboard support CD with JMB363 driver Complete the following steps before you create a RAID set: 1. Install the external Serial A T A hard disk drives (HDDs) on your system. 2. Set the Onboard JMB363 Serial -A T A item in the BIOS to [RAID]. See section âÂÂ4.4.7 Onboard Devices ConîÂÂgurationâ for details. 3. Enter the JMB363 RAID BIOS utility to set up your RAID conîÂÂguration. 4. Create a JMB363 RAID driver disk for Windows î OS installation. See section âÂÂ5.5 Creating a RAID driver diskâ for details. 5. Install the JMB363 driver after the Windows î OS had been installed. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to set Onboard Device Conî¿guration IDE Function Setup Serial-ATA Conî¿guration USB Conî¿guration Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled] Onboard 1st nVidia LAN [Enabled] Onboard 2nd nVidia LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Primary Display Adapter [PCI-E slot] HD Audio [Auto] Front Panel Support Type [AC97] JMicron SATAII Controller [RAID] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Mode [EPP] x ECP Mode Use DMA 3 Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced
5-40 Chapter 5: Software support Entering the JMB363 RAID BIOS utility 1. During POST , press <Ctrl-J> to enter the JBM363 RAID BIOS menu. 2. The main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu appears. 3. Use the arrow keys to move the color bar and navigate through the items. Creating a RAID set 1. In the main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu, highlight Create RAID Disk Drive using the up/down arrow key then press <Enter>.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-41 2. When the Level item is highlighted, use the up/down arrow key to select the RAID set that you want to create. 3. When the Disks item is highlighted, use the up/down arrow key to highlight an HDD that you want to belong to the RAID set, then press the space bar to conîÂÂrm selection. Repeat the process until the HDDs are selected. A selected HDD shows a sign before it. 4. Key in the RAID volume capacity . Use the up/down arrow to choose the block size. The default value indicates the maximum allowed capacity .
5-42 Chapter 5: Software support 5. When done, press <Enter> to conîÂÂrm the creation of the RAID set. A dialogue box appears to conîÂÂrm the action. Press <Y> to conîÂÂrm; otherwise, press <N>. Pressing <Y> deletes all the data in the HDDs. 6. The following screen appears, displaying the relevant information about the RAID set you created.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-43 Deleting a RAID set 1. In the main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu, highlight Delete RAID Disk Drive using the up/down arrow key then press <Enter>. 2. Use the space bar to select the RAID set you want to delete. A selected set shows a sign before it. Press the <Del> key to delete the set. 3. A dialogue box appears to conîÂÂrm the action. Press <Y> to conîÂÂrm; otherwise, press <N>. Pressing <Y> deletes all the data in the HDDs.
5-44 Chapter 5: Software support Resetting disks to non-RAID When you install an HDD that has been conîÂÂgured as part of another RAID set, you may convert this broken RAID HDD to non-RAID mode. All original data, however , will be lost. T o prevent damage to your system, you cannot select the HDD when conîÂÂguring a RAID set through the JMB363 utility . T o reset disks to non-RAID: 1. In the main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu, highlight Revert HDD to non-RAID using the up/down arrow key then press <Enter>. 2. Use the space bar to select the HDD that you want to reset to non-RAD. A selected HDD shows a sign before it. 3. A dialogue box appears to conîÂÂrm the action. Press <Y> to conîÂÂrm; otherwise, press <N>. Saving the settings and exiting setup When you have îÂÂnished, highlight Save & Exit Setup using the up/down arrow key then press <Enter> to save the current RAID conîÂÂguration and exit the JMB363 RAID BOS utility . A dialogue box appears to conîÂÂrm the action. Press <Y> to conîÂÂrm; otherwise, press <N> to return to the JMB RAID BIOS menu.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-45 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk A îÂÂoppy disk with the RAID driver is required when installing Windows î 2000/XP operating system on a hard disk drive that is included in a RAID set. T o create a RAID driver disk: 1. Place the motherboard support CD into the CD-ROM drive. 2. Select Make Disk tab. 3. From the Make Disk menu, select the RAID driver disk you want to create or browse the contents of the support CD to locate the driver disk utility . Refer to section âÂÂ5.2.4 Make Disk menuâ for details. 4. Insert îÂÂoppy disk to îÂÂoppy disk drive. 5. Follow succeeding screen information to complete process. 6. Write-protect the îÂÂoppy disk to avoid computer virus infection. T o install the RAID driver: 1. During the O S ins tallation, the system prompts you to p ress the F6 key to install third-party SCSI or RAID driver . 2. Press <F6> then insert the îÂÂoppy disk with RAID driver into the îÂÂoppy disk drive. 3. Follow the succeeding screen instructions to complete the installation. Due to chipset limitation, the Serial A T A ports supported by the NVIDIA chipset doesnâÂÂt support Serial Optical Disk Drives (Serial ODD) under DOS.
5-46 Chapter 5: Software support
6 This chapter tells how to install SLI-ready PCI Express graphics cards. NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe Chapter summary 6.1 Overview ............................................................................... 6-1 6.2 Dual graphics cards setup ..................................................... 6-2
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 6-1 6.1 Overview The motherboard supports the NVIDIA î SLI⢠(Scalable Link Interface) - Intel î Edition technology that allows you to install two identical PCI Express⢠x16 graphics cards. Follow the installation procedures in this section. Requirements ⢠Two identical SLI-ready graphics cards that are NVIDIA î certiîÂÂed. ⢠Make sure that your graphics card driver supports the NVIDIA SLI technology. Download the latest driver from the NVIDIA website (www.nvidia.com). ⢠Make sure that your power supply unit (PSU) can provide at least the minimum power required by your system. See âÂÂ9. ATX power connectorsâ on page 2-29 for details. ⢠The NVIDIA SLI technology supports Windows î XP⢠32-bit/64bit operating system only. ⢠Visit the NVIDIA zone website (http://www .nzone.com) for the latest certiîÂÂed graphics card and supported 3D application list.
6-2 Chapter 6: NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support 6.2 Dual graphics card setup 6.2.1 Installing SLI-ready graphics cards Install only identical SLI-ready graphics cards that are NVIDIA î -certiîÂÂed. Different types of graphics cards will not work together properly . T o install the graphics cards: 1. Prepare two graphics cards. Each graphics card should have goldîÂÂngers for the SLI connector . 2. Remove the metal bracket covers opposite the two PCI Express x16 slots. GoldîÂÂngers
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 6-3 4. Insert the second graphics card into the other slot. Make sure that the card is properly seated on the slot. If required, connect an auxiliary power source to the PCI Express graphics cards. 3. Insert one graphics card into either the blue or black slot. Make sure that the card is properly seated on the slot.
6-4 Chapter 6: NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support 7. Connect a VGA cable or a DVI-I cable to the graphics card/s. We recommend to install an additional chassis fan for better thermal environment. 5. Align and insert the SLI connector to the goldîÂÂngers on each graphics card. Make sure that the connector is îÂÂrmly in place. 6. When installing two VGA cards using a 20-pin A TX PSU with sufîÂÂcient 12v capability , we recommend that you connect the auxillary power source from the power supply to the graphics card. Refer to the PSU documentation for dual VGA power requirements. SLI connector
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 6-5 NVIDIA Settings icon T o enable the multi-GPU feature: 1. Click the NVIDIA Settings icon on your Windows taskbar . 2. F r o m t h e p o p - u p m e n u , s e l e c t nView Desktop Manager then click nView Properties. Make sure that your PCI Express graphics card driver supports the NVIDIA SLI technology . Download the latest driver from the NVIDIA website (www .nvidia.com). 6.2.2 Installing the device drivers Refer to the documentation that came with your graphics card package to install the device drivers. 6.2.3 Enabling the multi-GPU feature in Windows î After installing your graphics cards and the device drivers, enable the Multi-Graphics Processing Unit (GPU) feature in the NVIDIA nView properties. 3. Fro m the n View Des ktop Mana ger w i n d o w , s e l e c t t h e D e s k t o p Management tab. 4. C l i c k P r o p e r t i e s t o d i s p l a y t h e Display Properties dialog box.
6-6 Chapter 6: NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support 5. From the Display Properties dialog b ox , se le c t th e S et ti ng s t ab t h en click Advanced. 6. Select the NVIDIA GeForce tab. 7. C l i c k t h e s l i d e r t o d i s p l a y t h e following screen, then select the SLI multi-GPU item. 8. Click the Enable SLI multi-GPU check box. 9. Click OK when done. Slider
ii E2590 First Edition May 2006 Copyright é 2006 ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. (âÂÂASUSâÂÂ). Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modiîÂÂed or altered, unless such repair , modiîÂÂcation of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the product is defaced or missing. ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL âÂÂAS ISâ WITHOUT W ARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANT ABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A P ARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT , SPECIAL, INCIDENT AL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DA T A, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT . SPECIFICA TIONS AND INFORMA TION CONT AINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMA TIONAL USE ONL Y , AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE A T ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THA T MA Y APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE DESCRIBED IN IT . Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identiîÂÂcation or explanation and to the ownersâ beneîÂÂt, without intent to infringe.
iii Contents Notices ........................................................................................................ vii Safety information .................................................................................... viii About this guide ......................................................................................... ix M2N-SLI Deluxe speciîÂÂcations summary ................................................. xi Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.1 Welcome! ...................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 Package contents ......................................................................... 1-1 1.3 Special features ............................................................................ 1-2 1.3.1 Product highlights ........................................................... 1-2 1.3.2 ASUS AI Lifestyle features ............................................. 1-4 1.3.3 ASUS Special features ................................................... 1-5 1.3.4 ASUS Intelligent Overclocking features .......................... 1-6 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.1 Before you proceed ..................................................................... 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview ................................................................. 2-2 2.2.1 Placement direction ........................................................ 2-2 2.2.2 Screw holes .................................................................... 2-2 2.2.3 Motherboard layout ......................................................... 2-3 2.2.4 Layout contents ............................................................... 2-4 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ................................................... 2-6 2.3.1 Installing the CPU ........................................................... 2-6 2.3.2 Installing the heatsink and fan ........................................ 2-8 2.4 System memory ......................................................................... 2-1 1 2.4.1 Overview ........................................................................ 2-1 1 2.4.2 Memory conîÂÂgurations ...................................................2-1 1 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM .......................................................... 2-15 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM ........................................................ 2-15 2.5 Expansion slots .......................................................................... 2-16 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card ......................................... 2-16 2.5.2 ConîÂÂguring an expansion card ..................................... 2-16 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments ................................................... 2-17 2.5.4 PCI slots ........................................................................ 2-17 2.5.5 PCI Express x1 slot ....................................................... 2-18 2.5.6 PCI Express x16 slots ................................................... 2-18
iv Contents 2.6 Jumper ........................................................................................ 2-20 2.7 Connectors ................................................................................. 2-21 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors .................................................. 2-21 2.7.2 Internal connectors ....................................................... 2-24 Chapter 3: Powering up 3.1 Starting up for the îÂÂrst time ........................................................ 3-1 3.2 Powering off the computer .......................................................... 3-2 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function .................................... 3-2 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch .............................. 3-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ............................................ 4-1 4.1.1 ASUS Update utility ........................................................ 4-1 4.1.2 Creating a bootable îÂÂoppy disk ....................................... 4-4 4.1.3 ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility ................................................... 4-5 4.1.4 Updating the BIOS .......................................................... 4-6 4.1.5 Saving the current BIOS îÂÂle ............................................ 4-8 4.1.6 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 utility ...................................... 4-9 4.2 BIOS setup program .................................................................. 4-10 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen .........................................................4-1 1 4.2.2 Menu bar ........................................................................4-1 1 4.2.3 Legend bar .................................................................... 4-12 4.2.4 Menu items ................................................................... 4-12 4.2.5 Sub-menu items ............................................................ 4-12 4.2.6 ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds ....................................................... 4-12 4.2.7 Pop-up window ............................................................. 4-13 4.2.8 General help ................................................................. 4-13 4.3 Main menu .................................................................................. 4-14 4.3.1 System T ime ................................................................. 4-14 4.3.2 System Date ................................................................. 4-14 4.3.3 Legacy Diskette A ......................................................... 4-14 4.3.4 Primary IDE Master/Slave ............................................. 4-15 4.3.5 SA T A 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ...................................................... 4-17 4.3.6 HDD SMART Monitoring ............................................... 4-18 4.3.7 Installed Memory ........................................................... 4-18
v Contents 4.3.8 Usable Memory ............................................................. 4-18 4.4 Advanced menu ......................................................................... 4-19 4.4.1 JumperFree ConîÂÂguration ............................................ 4-19 4.4.2 AI NET2 ........................................................................ 4-22 4.4.3 PEG Link Mode ............................................................. 4-22 4.4.4 CPU ConîÂÂguration ........................................................ 4-23 4.4.5 Chipset .......................................................................... 4-27 4.4.6 PCIPnP ......................................................................... 4-28 4.4.7 Onboard Device ConîÂÂguration ...................................... 4-29 4.5 Power menu ................................................................................ 4-32 4.5.1 ACPI Suspend T ype ...................................................... 4-32 4.5.2 ACPI APIC Support ....................................................... 4-32 4.5.3 APM ConîÂÂguration ........................................................ 4-33 2.5.4 Hardware Monitor ......................................................... 4-35 4.6 Boot menu .................................................................................. 4-37 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority ...................................................... 4-37 4.6.2 Removable Drives ......................................................... 4-38 4.6.3 Hard Disk Drives ........................................................... 4-38 4.6.4 CDROM Drives ............................................................. 4-38 4.6.5 Boot Settings ConîÂÂguration ......................................... 4-39 4.6.6 Security ......................................................................... 4-40 4.7 T ools menu ................................................................................. 4-42 4.7.1 ASUS Music Alarm ........................................................ 4-42 4.7.2 ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle ......................................................... 4-44 4.7.4 ASUS EZ Flash 2 .......................................................... 4-46 4.8 Exit menu .................................................................................... 4-47 Chapter 5: Software support 5.1 Installing an operating system ................................................... 5-1 5.2 Support CD information .............................................................. 5-1 5.2.1 Running the support CD ................................................. 5-1 5.2.2 Drivers menu ................................................................... 5-2 5.2.3 Utilities menu .................................................................. 5-3 5.2.4 Make Disk menu ............................................................. 5-4 5.2.5 Manuals menu ................................................................ 5-5 5.2.6 ASUS Contact information .............................................. 5-6
vi Contents 5.2.7 Other information ............................................................ 5-6 5.3 Software information ................................................................... 5-8 5.3.1 Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠T echnology ........................................... 5-8 5.3.2 ASUS PC Probe II ..........................................................5-1 1 5.3.3 ASUS Music Alarm ........................................................ 5-17 5.3.4 ASUS AI Nap ................................................................ 5-20 5.3.5 ASUS AI Gear ............................................................... 5-21 5.3.6 SoundMAX î High DeîÂÂnition Audio utility ....................... 5-23 Audio Setup Wizard ..................................................................... 5-24 5.4 RAID conîÂÂgurations .................................................................. 5-28 5.4.1 Installing hard disks ...................................................... 5-29 5.4.2 NVIDIA î MediaShield RAID conîÂÂgurations .................. 5-30 5.4.3 JMicron î RAID ConîÂÂguration ........................................ 5-39 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ....................................................... 5-45 NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support 6.1 Overview ....................................................................................... 6-1 Requirements ................................................................................. 6-1 6.2 Dual graphics card setup ............................................................ 6-2 6.2.1 Installing SLI-ready graphics cards ................................. 6-2 6.2.2 Installing the device drivers ............................................. 6-5 6.2.3 Enabling the multi-GPU feature in Windows î ................. 6-5
vii Notices Federal Communications Commission Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: ⢠This device may not cause harmful interference, and ⢠This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with manufacturerâÂÂs instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However , there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: ⢠Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. ⢠Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver . ⢠Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. ⢠Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Canadian Department of Communications Statement This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. The use of shielded cables for connection of the monitor to the graphics card is required to assure compliance with FCC regulations. Changes or modiîÂÂcations to this unit not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the userâÂÂs authority to operate this equipment.
viii Safety information Electrical safety ⢠T o prevent electrical shock hazard, disconnect the power cable from the electrical outlet before relocating the system. ⢠When adding or removing devices to or from the system, ensure that the power cables for the devices are unplugged before the signal cables are connected. If possible, disconnect all power cables from the existing system before you add a device. ⢠Before connecting or removing signal cables from the motherboard, ensure that all power cables are unplugged. ⢠Seek professional assistance before using an adpater or extension cord. These devices could interrupt the grounding circuit. ⢠Make sure that your power supply is set to the correct voltage in your area. If you are not sure about the voltage of the electrical outlet you are using, contact your local power company . ⢠If the power supply is broken, do not try to îÂÂx it by yourself. Contact a qualiîÂÂed service technician or your retailer . Operation safety ⢠Before installing the motherboard and adding devices on it, carefully read all the manuals that came with the package. ⢠Before using the product, make sure all cables are correctly connected and the power cables are not damaged. If you detect any damage, contact your dealer immediately . ⢠T o avoid short circuits, keep paper clips, screws, and staples away from connectors, slots, sockets and circuitry . ⢠Avoid dust, humidity , and temperature extremes. Do not place the product in any area where it may become wet. ⢠Place the product on a stable surface. ⢠If you encounter technical problems with the product, contact a qualiîÂÂed service technician or your retailer . This symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product (electrical and electronic equipment) should not be placed in municipal waste. Check local regulations for disposal of electronic products.
ix About this guide This user guide contains the information you need when installing and conîÂÂguring the motherboard. How this guide is organized This guide contains the following parts: ⢠Chapter 1: Product introduction This chapter describes the features of the motherboard and the new technology it supports. ⢠Chapter 2: Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the switches, jumpers, and connectors on the motherboard. ⢠Chapter 3: Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence and ways of shutting down the system. ⢠Chapter 4: BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided. ⢠Chapter 5: Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. ⢠Chapter 6: NVIDIA î SLI⢠T echnology support This chapter tells how to install SLI-ready PCI Express graphics cards. Where to îÂÂnd more information Refer to the following sources for additional information and for product and software updates. 1. ASUS websites The ASUS website provides updated information on ASUS hardware and software products. Refer to the ASUS contact information. 2. Optional documentation Y our product package may include optional documentation, such as warranty îÂÂyers, that may have been added by your dealer . These documents are not part of the standard package.
x Conventions used in this guide T o make sure that you perform certain tasks properly , take note of the following symbols used throughout this manual. T ypography Bold text Indicates a menu or an item to select. Italics Used to emphasize a word or a phrase. <Key> Key s encl osed i n the less- tha n and greate r-tha n s ign mea ns tha t you must p ress the enclo sed ke y. Example: <Enter> means that you must press the Enter or Return key . <Key1> <Key2> <Key3> If you must press two or more keys simultaneously , the key names are connected with a plus sign ( ). Example: <Ctrl> <Alt> <D> Command Means that you must type the command exactly as shown. Example: At the DOS prompt, type the command line: format a: DANGER/W ARNING: Information to prevent injury to yourself when trying to complete a task. CAUTION: Information to prevent damage to the components when trying to complete a task. NOTE: T ips and additional information to help you complete a task. IMPORT ANT : Instructions that you MUST follow to complete a task.
xi M2N-SLI Deluxe speciî¿cations summary (continued on the next page) CPU Socket AM2 for AMD Athlon⢠64 X2 /AMD Athlon⢠64 /AMD Athlon⢠64 FX/AMD Sempron⢠processors Supports AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠T echnology AMD64 architecture enables simultaneous 32-bit and 64-bit computing AMD Live!⢠ready Chipset NVIDIA î nForce î 570 SLI⢠MCP System bus 2000 / 1600 MT/s Memory Dual-channel memory architecture - 4 x 240-pin DIMM sockets support unbuffered ECC/non-ECC DDR2 800/667/533 MHz memory modules - Supports up to 8 GB system memory Expansion slots 2 x PCI Express⢠x16 slots at x16, x8 speed Supports NVIDIA î SLI⢠T echnology (both at x8 mode) 2 x PCI Express⢠x1 slots 3 x PCI 2.2 slots Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) Supports two identical NVIDIA î SLIâ¢-ready graphics card ASUS two-slot thermal design ASUS PEG Link Storage NVIDIA î nForce î 570 SLI⢠MCP supports: - 1 x IDE connector for up to two Ultra DMA 133/100/66/33 devices - 6 x Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s connectors support six Serial A T A devices - RAID 0, RAID1, RAID 0 1, RAID 5, and JBOD conîÂÂgurations spanning across Serial A T A drives via the onboard NVIDIA î MediaShield⢠RAID controller JMicron î JMB363 Serial A T A controller supports: - 1 x Internal Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s - 1 x External Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s on the rear panel with Port Multiplier function (SA T A-On-The-Go) - RAID 0, RAID 1, and JBOD conîÂÂguration LAN Dual Gigabit LAN controllers NVIDIA î nForce î 570 SLI⢠MCP built-in dual Gigabit MAC with external Marvell î PHY Supports T eaming and Fail-Over functions
xii M2N-SLI Deluxe speciî¿cations summary High DeîÂÂnition Audio SoundMAX î ADI AD1988B 8-channel CODEC Supports Jack-Sensing, Enumeration, Multi-Streaming, and Jack-Retasking T echnology Optical and Coaxial S/PDIF Out interfaces IEEE 1394 T1 1394 controller supports: - 2 x IEEE 1394a connectors (one at mid-board, one at the rear panel) USB Supports up to 10 USB 2.0/1.1 ports (six at mid-board, - four on the rear panel) ASUS AI Lifestyle features AI Nap AI Gear Advanced Thermal Design - ASUS Fanless Design: Heat-pipe Thermal solution ASUS Crystal Sound - Noise îÂÂlter - ASUS Array Microphone ASUS Exclusive Overclocking features Intelligent overclocking tools: - AI NOS⢠(Non-delay Overclocking System) - AI Overclocking (intelligent CPU frequency tuner) - ASUS PEG Link ASUS O.C. P ro îÂÂle : ov er clo cki ng co nî gur at io n- sha rin g too l Precision T weaker: - vDIMM: 15-step DRAM voltage control - vCore: Adjustable CPU voltage at 0.0125 V increment - Stepless Frequency Selection(SFS) allows FSB tuning from 200 MHz up to 400 MHz at 1 MHz increment - PCI Express frequency allows PCI Express x16 frequency tuning from 100 MHz to 200 MHz at 1 MHz increment Overclocking protection: - ASUS C.P .R. (CPU Parameter Recall) ASUS AI Booster Utility Special features ASUS EZ DIY : - Q-Connector - ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 - ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS Music Alarm (continued on the next page)
xiii M2N-SLI Deluxe speciî¿cations summary Rear panel 1 x PS/2 keyboard port (purple) 1 x PS/2 mouse port (green) 1 x Serial (COM1) port 1 x IEEE 1394a port 1 x External Serial A T A port 1 x Optical S/PDIF Out port 1 x Coaxial S/PDIF Out port 2 x LAN (RJ-45) ports 4 x USB 2.0/1.1 ports 8-channel audio ports Internal connectors 3 x USB 2.0 connectors support six additional USB 2.0 ports 1 x Floppy disk drive connector 1 x IDE connector for two devices 7 x Serial A T A connectors 1 x CPU / 4 x Chassis / 1 x Power fan connectors 1 x ADH connector 1 x IEEE 1394a connector 1 x Parallel connector 1 x S/PDIF Out connector Chassis intrusion connector Front panel audio connector CD audio in connector 24-pin A TX power connector 4-pin A TX 12 V power connector System panel connector BIOS features 4 Mb AW ARD BIOS, PnP , DMI 2.0, WfM2.0, SM BIOS 2.3 Manageability WOL by PME, WOR by PME, Chassis intrusion, PXE Power requirements A TX power supply with 24-pin and 4-pin 12V plugs A TX 12V 2.0 compliant Support CD contents Device drivers ASUS AI Booster ASUS PC Probe II ASUS Update NVIDIA î MediaShield⢠RAID Anti-virus software (OEM version) Form factor A TX form factor: 12 in x 9.6 in (30.5 cm x 24.5 cm) *SpeciîÂÂcations are subject to change without notice.
xiv
1 Product introduction This chapter describes the motherboard features and the new technologies it supports.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe Chapter summary 1 1.1 Welcome! ...................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 Package contents ......................................................................... 1-1 1.3 Special features ............................................................................ 1-2
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 1-1 1.1 Welcome! Th ank yo u f or b uyi ng an A SUS î M2N-SLI Deluxe motherboard ! The motherboard delivers a host of new features and latest technologies, making it another standout in the long line of ASUS quality motherboards! Before you start installing the motherboard, and hardware devices on it, check the items in your package with the list below . If any of the above items is damaged or missing, contact your retailer . 1.2 Package contents Check your motherboard package for the following items. Motherboard ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe I/O modules IEEE 1394a module 1 x 2-port USB 2.0 module Cables 6 x Serial A T A cables 3 x Serial A T A power cables for six devices 1 x Ultra DMA 133/100/66 cable 1 x Floppy disk drive cable Accessories I/O shield ASUS SLI⢠Bridge ASUS Array Mic ASUS Q-Connector Kit for USB, IEEE1394, and system panel connector (Retail version only) Application CD ASUS motherboard support CD InterVideo î Media Launcher (OEM version) Documentation User guide
1-2 Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.3 Special features 1.3.1 Product highlights Latest processor technology The motherboard comes with a 940-pin AM2 socket that supports AMD Athlon⢠64 X2/AMD Athlon⢠64/AMD Athlon⢠64 FX/AMD Sempron⢠processors. With an integrated low-latency high-bandwidth memory controller and a highly scalable HyperT ransport⢠technology-based system bus, the motherboard provides a powerful platform for your diverse computing needs, increased ofîÂÂce productivity , and enhanced digital media experience. See page 2-6 for details. NVIDIA î Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) The NVIDIA î Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) technology allows two graphics processing units (GPUs) in a single system. This technology takes advantage of the PCI Express⢠bus architecture and features intelligent hardware and software solutions that allows multiple GPUs to work together and achieve exceptional graphics performance. DDR2 memory support Th e m oth erb oa rd su ppo rt s DDR 2 m emo ry that features data transfer rates of 800/667/533 MHz to meet the higher bandwidth requirements of the latest 3D graphics, multimedia, and Internet applications. The dual-channel DDR2 architecture doubles the bandwidth of your system memory to boost system performance, eliminating bottlenecks with peak bandwidths of up to 12.8 GB/s. See pages 2-1 1 to 2-13 for details. PCI Express⢠interface Th e m oth erb oa rd fu lly s up por ts PCI E xp res s, the latest I/O interconnect technology that speeds up the PCI bus. PCI Express features point-to-point serial interconnections between devices and allows higher clockspeeds by carrying data in packets. This high speed interface is software compatible with existing PCI speciîÂÂcations. See page 2-18 for details. Dual RAID solution Onboard RAID controllers provide the motherboard with dual-RAID functionality that allows you to select the best RAID solution using IDE or Serial A T A devices. The NVIDIA î nForce î 570 SLI⢠chipset allows RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, RAID 5, and JBOD conîÂÂguration for six SA T A 3.0 Gb/s connectors. See pages 2-25. The JMicron JMB363 controller supports two additional Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s connectors (one at mid-board and one on the rear panel) and allows RAID 0, RAID 1, and JBOD conîÂÂgurations on these ports. See pages 2-26 for details.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 1-3 Serial A T A I/II technology and SA T A-On-The-Go Th e m oth erb oa rd fu lly s up por ts the Serial A T A II 3.0 Gb/s technology through the Serial A T A interfaces and the NVIDIA î nForce î 570 SLI⢠chipset. The Serial A T A 3 Gb/s speciîÂÂcation provides twice the bandwidth of the current Serial A T A products with a host of new features, including Nativa Command Queueing (NCQ), and Power Management (PM) Implementation Algorithm. Serial A T A allows for thinner , more îÂÂexible cables with lower pin count and reduced voltage required. Leveraging these Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s features is the SA T A-On-The-Go. Supported by the JMicron Serial A T A RAID controller , two Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s connectors (one at mid-board and one on the rear panel) provide smart setup, and hot-plug function. See pages 2-21, 2-22, and 2-23 for details. IEEE 1394a support The IEEE 1394a interface provides high-speed and îÂÂexible PC connectivity to a wide range of peripherals and devices compliant to the IEEE 1394a standard. The IEEE 1394a interface allows up to 400 Mbps transfer rates through simple, low-cost, high-bandwidth asynchronous (real-time) data interfacing between computers, peripherals, and consumer electronic devices such as camcorders, VCRs, printers, TVs, and digital cameras. See pages 2-21 and 2-27 for details. S/PDIF digital sound ready The mothe rboard suppo rts t he S/PDIF technology through the S/PDIF interfaces on the rear panel. The S/PDIF technology turns your computer into a high-end entertainment system with digital connectivity to powerful audio and speaker systems. See pages 2-21 and 2-32 for details. USB 2.0 technology The motherboard implements the Universal Serial Bus (USB) 2.0 speciîÂÂcation, dramatically increasing the connection speed from the 12 Mbps bandwidth on USB 1.1 to a fast 480 Mbps on USB 2.0. USB 2.0 is backward compatible with USB 1.1. See pages 2-22 and 2-27 for details. Dual Gigabit LAN solution The motherboard comes with dual Gigabit LAN controllers to provide the total solution for your networking needs. These network controllers use the PCI Express segment to provide faster data bandwidth for your wired or wireless Internet, LAN, and îÂÂle sharing requirements. See page 2-21 for details.
1-4 Chapter 1: Product introduction AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet T echnology The motherboard supports the AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet T echnology , which monitors system operation and automatically adjusts CPU voltage and frequency for a cool and quiet operating environment. See page 4-26 for details. 1.3.2 ASUS AI Lifestyle features AI Gear AI Gear provides four modes that adjust the CPU frequency and Vcore voltage minimizing system noise and power consumption. Y ou can choose the mode that best suits your computing needs. See page 5-21 for details AI Nap With AI Nap, the system can continue running at minimum power and noise when the user is temporarily away . T o wake the system and return to the OS environment, simply click the mouse or press a key . See page 5-20 for details. ASUS Crystal Sound This feature enhances speech-centric applications like Skype, online games, video conference and recording. ASUS Array Mic The bundled Superbeam Array Microphone receives only the sound coming from the reception cone and ignores the sound coming from other directions. This mechanism eliminates a large number of interferences, including neighboring speakers and reverberation. It also uses advanced de-reverberation techniques to reduce echo and minimize its effect on the speech engine. Noise Filter This feature detects repetitive and stationary noises (non-voice signals) like computer fans, air conditioners, and other background noises then eliminates it in the incoming audio stream while recording.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 1-5 Advanced Thermal Design Fanless Design and Heat-pipe The ASUS fanless design allows multi-directional heat îÂÂow from major thermal sources in the motherboard to lower overall system temperature, resulting in quieter operation and longer system life. ASUS has devoted special efforts to address the thermal issues across the motherboard, and most notably in the following areas: CPU, power , VGA, and chipset. The heat pipe, heatsink, and strategic board layout were tailor made to dissipate heat in the most efîÂÂcient manner . 1.3.3 ASUS Special features ASUS Music Alarm W ake up to the music of your choice instead of the irritating sound of an alarm clock. The ASUS Music Alarm gives you a personal wake-up call with your favorite CD music without having to enter the OS. See pages 4-42 and 5-17 for details. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 allows users to restore corrupted BIOS data from a USB îÂÂash disk containing the BIOS îÂÂle. This utility saves users the cost and hassle of buying a replacement BIOS chip. See page 4-9 for details. ASUS EZ Flash 2 EZ Flash 2 is a user-friendly BIOS update utility . Simply press the predeîÂÂned hotkey to launch the utility and update the BIOS without entering the OS. Update your BIOS easily without preparing a bootable diskette or using an OS-based îÂÂash utility . See page 4-5 for details. ASUS Q-Connector ASUS Q-Connector allows you to easily connect the chassis front panel cables to the motherboard. PEG Link Mode This feature enhances your PCI Express graphics card performance. It allows the motherboard to automatically adjust the PCI Express graphics link mode to the correct frequency based on the system conîÂÂguration. Four additional settings are available for overclocking the PEG Link Mode.
1-6 Chapter 1: Product introduction Precision T weaker This feature allows you to îÂÂne tune the CPU/memory voltage and gradually increase the memory Front Side Bus (FSB) and PCI Express frequency at 1MHz increment to achieve maximum system performance. C.P .R. (CPU Parameter Recall) The C.P .R. feature of the motherboard BIOS allows automatic re-setting to the BIOS default settings in case the system hangs due to overclocking. When the system hangs due to overclocking, C.P .R. eliminates the need to open the system chassis and clear the RTC data. Simply shut down and reboot the system, and the BIOS automatically restores the CPU default setting for each parameter . 1.3.4 ASUS Intelligent Overclocking features ASUS BIOS ProîÂÂle The motherboard features the ASUS BIOS ProîÂÂle that allows users to conveniently store or load multiple BIOS settings. The BIOS settings can be stored in the CMOS or a separate îÂÂle, giving users freedom to share and distribute their favorite settings. AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) ASUS Non-delay Overclocking System⢠(NOS) is a technology that auto-detects the CPU loading and dynamically overclocks the CPU speed only when needed. See page 4-20 for details.
2 Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the jumpers and connectors on the motherboard.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe Chapter summary 2 2.1 Before you proceed ..................................................................... 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview ................................................................. 2-2 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ................................................... 2-6 2.4 System memory ......................................................................... 2-1 1 2.5 Expansion slots .......................................................................... 2-16 2.6 Jumper ........................................................................................ 2-20 2.7 Connectors ................................................................................. 2-21
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-1 Onboard LED The motherboard comes with a standby power LED. The green LED lights up to indicate that the system is ON, in sleep mode, or in soft-off mode. This is a reminder that you should shut down the system and unplug the power cable before removing or plugging in any motherboard component. The illustration below shows the location of the onboard LED. 2.1 Before you proceed T ake note of the following precautions before you install motherboard components or change any motherboard settings. ⢠Unplug the power cord from the wall socket before touching any component. ⢠Use a grounded wrist strap or touch a safely grounded object or to a metal object, such as the power supply case, before handling components to avoid damaging them due to static electricity . ⢠Hold components by the edges to avoid touching the ICs on them. ⢠Whenever you uninstall any component, place it on a grounded antistatic pad or in the bag that came with the component. ⢠Before you install or remove any component, ensure that the A TX power supply is switched off or the power cord is detached from the power supply . Failure to do so may cause severe damage to the motherboard, peripherals, and/or components. M2N-SLI DELUXE Onboard LED SB_PWR ON Standby Power OFF Powered Off R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE
2-2 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.2 Motherboard overview Before you install the motherboard, study the conîÂÂguration of your chassis to ensure that the motherboard îÂÂts into it. 2.2.1 Placement direction When installing the motherboard, make sure that you place it into the chassis in the correct orientation. The edge with external ports goes to the rear part of the chassis as indicated in the image below . 2.2.2 Screw holes Place nine (9) screws into the holes indicated by circles to secure the motherboard to the chassis. Place this side towards the rear of the chassis Make sure to unplug the power cord before installing or removing the motherboard. Failure to do so can cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. Do not overtighten the screws! Doing so can damage the motherboard. R M 2N - SL I D E LU X E
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-3 2.2.3 Motherboard layout Socket AM2 DDR2 DIMM_B1 (128 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_B2 (128 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_A1 (128 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_A2 (128 bit,240-pin module) PCI1 PCI2 PCI3 PCIEX16_1 PCIEX16_2 PRI_IDE PA NE L 4Mb BIOS CR2032 3V Lithium Cell CMOS Power AA FP PCIEX1_2 PCIEX1_1 PS/2KBMS T : Mouse B: K eyboard LAN1_USB12 LAN2_USB34 EATXPWR FLOPP Y AD H CD IE 13 94 _2 US B7 8 USB56 CLRTC CHASSIS SATA2 SATA1 SATA3 SATA4 SATA5 SATA6 SATA_RAID1 CH A_ FA N3 CH A_ FA N4 PW R_ FA N CHA_FAN1 CHA_FAN2 US B9 10 CP U_ FA N Super I/O SP DI F_ OU T SPDIF_O1 SPDIF_O2 COM1 ESATA_1394 AUDIO LPT ATX12V 24.5cm (9.6in) 30.5cm (12.0in) NF570-SLI ADI 1988B Marvell 88E11 16 Marvell 88E11 16 JMicron JMB363 TSB43AB22A SB _P WR R M 2 N - S L I D E L U X E nVIDIA
2-4 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.2.4 Layout contents Slots Page 1. DDR2 DIMM slots 2-1 1 2. PCI slots 2-17 3. PCI Express x1 slots 2-18 4. PCI Express x16 slots 2-18 Jumper Page 1. Clear RTC RAM (3-pin CLR TC) 2-20 Rear panel connectors Page 1. PS/2 mouse port (green) 2-21 2. Serial (COM) port 2-21 3. IEEE 1394a port 2-21 4. LAN 1 (RJ-45) port. 2-21 5. LAN 2 (RJ-45) port. 2-21 6. Rear Speaker Out port (black) 2-21 7. Center/Subwoofer port (orange) 2-21 8. Line In port (light blue) 2-21 9. Line Out port (lime) 2-22 10. Microphone port (pink) 2-22 1 1. Side Speaker Out port (gray) 2-22 12. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2, 3 and 4 2-22 13. External SA T A port 2-22 14. Optical S/PDIF Out port 2-23 15. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port 2-23 16. PS/2 keyboard port (purple) 2-23
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-5 Internal connectors Page 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) 2-24 2. IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) 2-24 3. NVIDIA î nForce 570 SLI Serial A T A connectors (7-pin SA T A1 [red], SA T A2 [red], SA T A3 [red], SA T A4 [red], SA T A5 [red], SA T A6 [red]) 2-25 4. JMicron î Serial A T A RAID connector (7-pin SA T A_RAID1) 2-26 5. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78, USB910) 2-27 6. IEEE 1394a port connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) 2-27 7. CPU, chassis, and power fan connectors (4-pin CPU_F AN, 3-pin CHA_F AN1, 3-pin CHA_F AN2, 3-pin CHA_F AN3, 3-pin CHA_F AN4, 3-pin PWR_F AN1) 2-28 8. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) 2-29 9. AT X p ower co nne cto rs (24-pin EA TXPWR, 4-pin EA TX12V) 2-29 10. Front panel audio con nec tor (10-1 pin AAFP) 2-30 1 1. Optical drive audio co nne ctor (4-pin CD) 2-31 12. Parallel port con nec tor (26-1 pin LPT) 2-31 13. Digital audio con nec tor (4-1 pin SPDIF_OUT) 2-32 14. System panel connector (20-8 pin P ANEL) ⢠System power LED (2-pin LED) ⢠Hard disk drive activity LED (2-pin IDE_LED) ⢠System warning speaker (4-pin SPEAKER) ⢠A TX power button/soft-off button (2-pin PWR) ⢠Reset button (2-pin RESET) 2-33
2-6 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.3.1 Installing the CPU T o install a CPU: 1. Locate the CPU socket on the motherboard. Make sure that the socket lever is lifted up to a 90ú angle; otherwise, the CPU will not îÂÂt in completely . 2. Unlock the socket by pressing the lever sideways, then lift it up to a 90ú angle. 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) The motherboard comes with a 940-pin AM2 socket designed for the AMD Athlon⢠64/AMD Athlon⢠64 FX/AMD Athlon⢠64 X2 and AMD Sempron⢠processors. Socket lever The AM2 socket has a different pin layout from the 940-pin socket designed for the AMD AM2 processor . Make sure you use a CPU is designed for the AM2 socket. The CPU îÂÂts in only one correct orientation. DO NOT force the CPU into the socket to prevent bending the connectors on the socket and damaging the CPU! M2N-SLI DELUXE CPU Socket AM2 R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-7 3. Position the CPU above the socket such that the CPU corner with the gold triangle matches the socket corner with a small triangle. 4. Carefully insert the CPU into the socket until it îÂÂts in place. 5. When the CPU is in place, push down the socket lever to secure the CPU. The lever clicks on the side tab to indicate that it is locked. 6. Install a CPU heatsink and fan following the instructions that came with the heatsink package. Gold triangle Small triangle
2-8 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.3.2 Installing the heatsink and fan The AMD Athlon⢠64/AMD Athlon⢠64 FX/AMD Athlon⢠64 X2 and AMD Sempron⢠processors require a specially designed heatsink and fan assembly to ensure optimum thermal condition and performance. T o install the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. Place the heatsink on top of the installed CPU, making sure that the heatsink îÂÂts properly on the retention module base. Retention module base CPU heatsink CPU fan Retention bracket lock Retention bracket Y our boxed CPU heatsink and fan assembly should come with installation instructions for the CPU, heatsink, and the retention mechanism. If the instructions in this section do not match the CPU documentation, follow the latter . ⢠The retention module base is already installed on the motherboard upon purchase. ⢠Y ou do not have to remove the retention module base when installing the CPU or installing other motherboard components. ⢠If you purchased a separate CPU heatsink and fan assembly , make sure that a Thermal Interface Material is properly applied to the CPU heatsink or CPU before you install the heatsink and fan assembly . Make sure that you use only AMD-certiîÂÂed heatsink and fan assembly .
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-9 2. Attach one end of the retention bracket to the retention module base. 3. Align the other end of the retention bracket (near the retention bracket lock) to the retention module base. A clicking sound denotes that the retention bracket is in place. 4. Push down the retention bracket lock on the retention mechanism to secure the heatsink and fan to the module base. Make sure that the fan and heatsink assembly perfectly îÂÂts the retention mechanism module base, otherwise you cannot snap the retention bracket in place.
2-10 Chapter 2: Hardware information 5. When the fan and heatsink assembly is in place, connect the CPU fan cable to the connector on the motherboard labeled CPU_F AN. M2N-SLI DELUXE CPU Fan Connector CPU_F AN GND CPU F AN PWR CPU F AN IN CPU F AN PWM R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE ⢠Do not forget to connect the CPU fan connector! Hardware monitoring errors can occur if you fail to plug this connector . ⢠This connector is backward compatible to the 3-pin CPU fan connector ..
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-11 2.4 System memory 2.4.1 Overview The motherboard comes with four Double Data Rate 2 (DDR2) Dual Inline Memory Modules (DIMM) sockets. A DDR2 module has the same physical dimensions as a DDR DIMM but has a 240-pin footprint compared to the 184-pin DDR DIMM. DDR2 DIMMs are notched differently to prevent installation on a DDR DIMM socket. The îÂÂgure illustrates the location of the DDR2 DIMM sockets: Channel Sockets Channel A DIMM_A1 and DIMM_A2 Channel B DIMM_B1 and DIMM_B2 M2N-SLI DELUXE 240-pin DDR2 DIMM Sockets 112 Pins 128 Pins DIMM_B2 DIMM_A1 DIMM_A2 DIMM_B1 R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE 2.4.2 Memory conîÂÂgurations Y ou may install 256 MB, 512 MB, 1 GB, and 2GB unbuffered ECC/non-ECC DDR2 DIMMs into the DIMM sockets. Recommended Memory ConîÂÂgurations Mode Sockets DIMM_A1 DIMM_A2 DIMM_B1 DIMM_B2 Single Channel Populated â â â â Populated â â â â Populated â â â â Populated Dual-channel (1) Populated â Populated â â Populated â Populated Dual-channel (2) Populated Populated Populated Populated
2-12 Chapter 2: Hardware information Important notice on installing Windows î XP 32-bit version If you install Windows î XP 32-bit version Operating System (OS), the limitation of this OS version is that it may reserve a certain amount of memory space for system devices. We recommend that you install less than 3 GB system memory if you would like to work under Windows î XP 32-bit version OS. The excess memory installation will not cause any usage problem, but it will not give users the beneîÂÂt of manipulating this excess memory space. Visit the ASUS F AQ site for further explanation: http://support.asus.com/faq/faq. aspx?SLanguage=en-us Under General Search, make the selections as shown, then click Search. Click the article titled â 4GB memory installed but less memory size detected. â Y ou also may check the URLs below for third party comments on this issue: http://dlsvr01.asus.com/pub/ASUS/mb/4GB_Rev1.pdf http:/ /www.i ntel.co m/supp ort/mot herboa rds/se rver /sb/cs -016594 .htm * For dual-channel memory conîÂÂguration (2), you may: ⢠install identical DIMMs in all four sockets OR ⢠install an identical DIMM pair in DIMM_A1 and DIMM_B1 (yellow sockets) and another identical DIMM pair in DIMM_A2 and DIMM_B2 (black sockets) * Always use identical DDR2 DIMM pairs for dual-channel model. For optimum compatibility , we recommend that you obtain memory modules from the same vendor . Visit the ASUS website (www .asus.com) for the latest QualiîÂÂed V endors List. This motherboard can support 8 GB physical memory on the operating systems listed below . Y ou may install a maximum of 2 GB DIMMs on each slot. 32-bit 64-bit Windowsî 2000 Advanced Server Windowsî Server 2003 Enterprise Edition Windowsî Server 2003 Standard x64 Edition Windowsî XP Professional x64 Edition Windowsî Server 2003 Enterprise x64 Edition
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-13 DDR2 Size V endor Model Side(s) Component DIMM socket support A* B* C* 512MB KINGSTON E5108AE-6E-E SS KVR667D2N5/512 ⢠⢠⢠1024MB KINGSTON E5108AE-6E-E DS KVR667D2N5/1G ⢠⢠512MB KINGSTON E5108AE-6E-E SS KVR667D2E5/512 ⢠256MB KINGSTON HYB18T256800AF3 SS KVR667D2N5/256 ⢠⢠⢠256MB SAMSUNG K4T56083QF-ZCE6 SS M378T3253FZ0-CE6 ⢠⢠⢠256MB SAMSUNG K4T51 163QC-ZCE6 SS M378T3354CZ0-CE6 ⢠⢠⢠512MB SAMSUNG ZCE6K4T51083QC SS M378T6553CZ0-CE6 ⢠⢠⢠1024MB SAMSUNG ZCE6K4T51083QC DS M378T2953CZ0-CE6 ⢠⢠⢠512MB MICRON 4VB41D9CZM DS MT16HTF6464A Y -667B4 ⢠⢠256MB InîÂÂneon HYB18T512160AF-3S SS HYS64T32000HU-3S-A ⢠⢠⢠512MB InîÂÂneon HYB18T512800AF3S SS HYS64T64000HU-3S-A ⢠⢠⢠256MB InîÂÂneon HYB18T256800AF3S(ECC) SS HYS72T32000HU-3S-A ⢠⢠512MB InîÂÂneon HYB18T512800AF3S(ECC) SS HYS72T64000HU-3S-A ⢠⢠⢠1024MB InîÂÂneon HYB18T512800AF3S(ECC) DS HYS72T128020HU-3S-A ⢠⢠⢠512MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y5 SS HYMP564U64AP8-Y5 ⢠⢠⢠1024MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y5 DS HYMP512U64AP8-Y5 ⢠⢠⢠1024MB Hynix HY5PS1G831FP-Y5(ECC) SS HYMP1 12U72P8-Y5 ⢠⢠⢠512MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y5(ECC) SS HYMP564U72AP8-Y5 ⢠⢠⢠1024MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y5(ECC) DS HYMP512U72AP8-Y5 ⢠⢠512MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y4 SS HYMP564U64AP8-Y4 ⢠⢠⢠512MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y4(ECC) SS HYMP564U72AP8-Y4 ⢠⢠⢠1024MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y4(ECC) DS HYMP512U72AP8-Y4 ⢠⢠⢠256MB ELPIDA E2508AB-6E-E SS EBE25UC8ABF A-6E-E ⢠⢠⢠512MB ELPIDA E5108AE-6E-E SS EBE51UD8AEF A-6E-E ⢠⢠⢠1024MB ELPIDA Engineering Sample DS EBE1 1UD8AEFA-6E-E ⢠⢠⢠512MB crucial Heat-Sink Package DS BL6464AA664.16FB ⢠⢠⢠1024MB crucial Heat-Sink Package DS BL12864AA664.16F A ⢠⢠⢠512MB crucial Heat-Sink Package DS BL6464AL664.16FB ⢠⢠1024MB crucial Heat-Sink Package DS BL12864AL664.16F A ⢠⢠⢠1024MB Apacer E5108AE-6E-E DS 78.01092.420 ⢠512MB A-DA T A E5108AE-6E-E SS M20EL5G3H3160B1C0Z ⢠QualiîÂÂed V endors List DDR2-667
2-14 Chapter 2: Hardware information QualiîÂÂed V endors List DDR2-800 DDR2 Size V endor Model Side(s) Component DIMM socket support A* B* C* 512MB KINGSTON K4T51083QC SS KVR800D2N5/512 ⢠⢠⢠1024MB KINGSTON K4T51083QC DS KVR800D2N5/1G ⢠⢠⢠512MB InîÂÂneon HYB18T256800AF25F DS HYS64T64020HU-25F-A ⢠⢠⢠512MB Hynix HY5PS12821BFP-S5 SS HYMP564U64BP8-S5 ⢠⢠512MB MICRON 5JAIIZ9DQQ SS MT8HTF6464A Y -80EA3 ⢠⢠512MB MICRON 5ZD22D9GKX SS MT8HTF6464A Y -80ED4 ⢠⢠⢠512MB MICRON 6CD22D9GKX SS MT8HTF6464A Y -80ED4 ⢠⢠256MB A-DA T A E2508AB-GE-E SS M20EL6F3G3160A1D0Z ⢠⢠Side(s) : SS - Single-sided DS - Double-sided DIMM Support: A - Supports one module inserted in any slot for a single-channel memory conîÂÂguration. B - Supports one pair of modules inserted into either the yellow slots or the black slots as one pair of dual-channel memory conîÂÂguration. C - Supports two pairs of modules inserted into the yellow and black slots as two pairs of dual-channel memory conîÂÂguration. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) for the latest memory QualiîÂÂed V endor List (QVL).
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-15 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM Unplug the power supply before adding or removing DIMMs or other system components. Failure to do so can cause severe damage to both the motherboard and the components. T o install a DIMM: 1. Unlock a DIMM socket by pressing the retaining clips outward. 2. Align a DIMM on the socket such that the notch on the DIMM matches the break on the socket. 3. Firmly insert the DIMM into the socket until the retaining clips snap back in place and the DIMM is properly seated. 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM T o remove a DIMM: 1. Simultaneously press the retaining clips outward to unlock the DIMM. 2. Remove the DIMM from the socket. ⢠A DDR2 DIMM is keyed with a notch so that it îÂÂts in only one direction. Do not force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM. ⢠The DDR2 DIMM sockets do not support DDR DIMMs. DO not install DDR DIMMs to the DDR2 DIMM sockets. Support the DIMM lightly with your îÂÂngers when pressing the retaining clips. The DIMM might get damaged when it îÂÂips out with extra force. 1 2 1 DDR2 DIMM notch Unlocked retaining clip DDR2 DIMM notch 1 2 3
2-16 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.5 Expansion slots In the future, you may need to install expansion cards. The following sub-sections describe the slots and the expansion cards that they support. 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card T o install an expansion card: 1. Before installing the expansion card, read the documentation that came with it and make the necessary hardware settings for the card. 2. Remove the system unit cover (if your motherboard is already installed in a chassis). 3. Remove the bracket opposite the slot that you intend to use. Keep the screw for later use. 4. Align the card connector with the slot and press îÂÂrmly until the card is completely seated on the slot. 5. Secure the card to the chassis with the screw you removed earlier . 6. Replace the system cover . 2.5.2 ConîÂÂguring an expansion card After installing the expansion card, conîÂÂgure the it by adjusting the software settings. 1. T urn on the system and change the necessary BIOS settings, if any . See Chapter 4 for information on BIOS setup. 2. Assign an IRQ to the card. Refer to the tables on the next page. 3. Install the software drivers for the expansion card. Make sure to unplug the power cord before adding or removing expansion cards. Failure to do so may cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. When using PCI cards on shared slots, ensure that the drivers support âÂÂShare IRQâ or that the cards do not need IRQ assignments; otherwise, conîÂÂicts will arise between the two PCI groups, making the system unstable and the card inoperable.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-17 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments * These IRQs are usually available for ISA or PCI devices. IRQ Priority Standard function 0 1 System T imer 1 2 Keyboard Controller 2 â Redirect to IRQ#9 4 12 Communications Port (COM1)* 5 13 IRQ Holder for PCI Steering* 6 14 Floppy Disk Controller 7 15 Printer Port (LPT1)* 8 3 System CMOS/Real T ime Clock 9 4 IRQ Holder for PCI Steering* 10 5 IRQ Holder for PCI Steering* 1 1 6 IRQ Holder for PCI Steering* 12 7 PS/2 Compatible Mouse Port* 13 8 Numeric Data Processor 14 9 Primary IDE Channel A B C D E F G H PCI Slot 1 shared PCI Slot 2 shared PCI Slot 3 shared Onboard 1394 shared PCIe x16 slot 1 shared PCIe x16 slot 2 shared PCIe x1 slot 1 shared PCIe x1 slot 2 shared IRQ assignments for this motherboard 2.5.4 PCI slots The PCI slots support cards such as a LAN card, SCSI card, USB card, and other cards that comply with PCI speciîÂÂcations. Refer to the îÂÂgure below for the location of the slots. We recommend that you use PCI3 slot for long PCI cards.
2-18 Chapter 2: Hardware information ⢠In single card mode, we recommend that you use the blue PCI Express x16 (PCIEX16_1) slot. ⢠Due to chipset limitation, the black PCI Express x16 (PCIEX16_2) slot can only operate at x8 speed. ⢠Connect a rear chassis fan to the chassis (CHA_F AN1 or CHA_F AN2) connector when using two graphics cards for better thermal environment. See page 2-28 for details. ⢠We recommend that you provide sufîÂÂcient power when running NVIDIA î SLI⢠mode. See pages 2-29 and 2-30 for details. PCI Express x 16 black slot (at x8 speed) PCI Express x16 blue slot (at x16 speed) PCI slots PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot PCI slots 2.5.5 PCI Express x1 slot This motherboard supports PCI Express x1 network cards, SCSI cards and other cards that comply with the PCI Express speciîÂÂcations. Refer to the îÂÂgure below for the location of the slot. 2.5.6 PCI Express x16 slots This motherboard supports PCI Express x16 graphics cards that comply with the PCI Express speciîÂÂcations. Refer to the îÂÂgure below for the location of the slots.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-19 Recommended PCI Express x16 conîÂÂgurations Mode PCIEX16_1 (Blue) slot PCIE16_2 (Black) slot Card type Speed Card type Speed Non-SLI mode PCIe x16 graphics card x16 NA PCIe x16 graphics card x16 PCIe x16 graphics card x8 PCIe x16 graphics card x16 Other PCIe devices x8, x4, x1 Dual graphics card in SLI Mode T wo identical NVIDIA î SLI⢠Edition graphics cards at x8, x8 speed
2-20 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.6 Jumper Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) This jumper allows you to clear the Real T ime Clock (RTC) RAM in CMOS. Y ou can clear the CMOS memory of date, time, and system setup parameters by erasing the CMOS RTC RAM data. The onboard button cell battery powers the RAM data in CMOS, which include system setup information such as system passwords. T o erase the RTC RAM: 1. T urn OFF the computer and unplug the power cord. 2. Remove the onboard battery . 3. Move the jumper cap from pins 1-2 (default) to pins 2-3. Keep the cap on pins 2-3 for about 5~10 seconds, then move the cap back to pins 1-2. 4. Reinstall the battery . 5. Plug the power cord and turn ON the computer . 6. Hold down the <Del> key during the boot process and enter BIOS setup to re-enter data. Except when clearing the RTC RAM, never remove the cap on CLR TC jumper default position. Removing the cap will cause system boot failure! ⢠Make sure to re-enter your previous BIOS settings after you clear the CMOS. ⢠Y ou do not need to clear the RTC when the system hangs due to overclocking. For system failure due to overclocking, use the C.P .R. (CPU Parameter Recall) feature. Shut down and reboot the system so the BIOS can automatically reset parameter settings to default values. M2N-SLI DELUXE Clear RTC RAM CLRTC Normal Clear CMOS (Default) 2 3 1 2 R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-21 2.7 Connectors 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors 1. PS/2 mouse port (green). This port is for a PS/2 mouse. 2. Serial port. This 9-pin COM1 port is for pointing devices and other serial devices. 3. IEEE 1394a port. This 6-pin IEEE 1394a port provides high-speed connectivity for audio/video devices, storage peripherals, PCs, or portable devices. 4. LAN 1 (RJ-45) port. Supported by Marvell î 88E1 1 16 Gigabit LAN controller , this port allows Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. Refer to the table below for the LAN port LED indications. 5. LAN 2 (RJ-45) port. Supported by the Marvell î 88E1 1 16 Gigabit LAN controller , this port allows Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. Refer to the table below for the LAN port LED indications. Activity/Link Speed LED Status Description Status Description OFF No link OFF 10 Mbps connection ORANGE Linked ORANGE 100 Mbps connection BLINKING Data activity GREEN 1 Gbps connection LAN port LED indications SPEED LED ACT/LINK LED 6. Rear Speaker Out port (black). This port connects the rear speakers in a 4-channel, 6-channel, or 8-channel audio conîÂÂguration. 7. Center/Subwoofer port (orange). This port connects the center/subwoofer speakers. 8. Line In port (light blue). This port connects the tape, CD, DVD player , or other audio sources. LAN port 13 4 6 15 1 2 16 1 4 3 5 7 8 11 12 10 9
2-22 Chapter 2: Hardware information Refer to the audio conîÂÂguration table below for the function of the audio ports in 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel conîÂÂguration. 9. Line Out port (lime). This port connects a headphone or a speaker . In 4-channel, 6-channel, and 8-channel conîÂÂguration, the function of this port becomes Front Speaker Out. 10. Microphone port (pink). This port connects a microphone. 1 1. Side Speaker Out port (gray). This port connects the side speakers in an 8-channel audio conîÂÂguration. Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel conîÂÂguration Port Headset 2-channel 4-channel 6-channel 8-channel Light Blue Line In Line In Line In Line In Lime Line Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Pink Mic In Mic In Mic In Mic In Gray â â â Side Speaker Out Black â Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Orange â â Center/Subwoofer Center/Subwoofer 12. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2, 3 and 4. These 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 13. External SA T A port . This port connects to an external SA T A box or a Serial A T A port multiplier . This port supports a Serial A T A hard disk drive that you can combine with an external Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s device to conîÂÂgure a RAID 0, RAID 1, or JBOD set through the onboard JMicron î SA T A RAID controller . The external SA T A port supports external Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s devices. Longer cables support higher power requirements to deliver signal up to two meters away , and enables improved hot-swap function.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-23 14. Optical S/PDIF Out port . This port connects an external audio output device via an optical S/PDIF cable. 15. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. This port connects an external audio output device via an coaxial S/PDIF cable. 16. PS/2 keyboard port (purple) . This port is for a PS/2 keyboard. ⢠DO NOT insert a dif ferent connector to this port. ⢠DO NOT remove or unplug the external Serial A T A device when running under RAID mode to prevent data loss or damage. ⢠If you intend to create a RAID conîÂÂguration using this connector , set the JMicron JMB363 controller item in the BIOS to [IDE]. See section âÂÂ4.4.7 Onboard Device ConîÂÂgurationâ for details. ⢠Use these ports and an external Serial A T A box connected to the external SA T A port, if you want to conîÂÂgure a RAID 0 or RAID 1 set. ⢠The Serial A T A port multiplier and external Serial A T A box are purchased separately .
2-24 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.7.2 Internal connectors 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) This connector is for the provided îÂÂoppy disk drive (FDD) signal cable. Insert one end of the cable to this connector , then connect the other end to the signal connector at the back of the îÂÂoppy disk drive. Pin 5 on the connector is removed to prevent incorrect cable connection when using a FDD cable with a covered Pin 5. 2. IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) The onboard IDE connector is for the Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable. There are three connectors on each Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable: blue, black, and gray . Connect the blue connector to the motherboardâÂÂs IDE connector , then select one of the following modes to conîÂÂgure your device. ⢠Pin 20 on the IDE connector is removed to match the covered hole on the Ultra DMA cable connector . This prevents incorrect insertion when you connect the IDE cable. ⢠Use the 80-conductor IDE cable for Ultra DMA 100/66 IDE devices. Drive jumper setting Mode of device(s) Cable connector Single device Cable-Select or Master - Black T wo devices Cable-Select Master Black Slave Gray Master Master Black or gray Slave Slave M2N-SLI DELUXE Floppy Disk Drive Connector NOTE: Orient the red markings on the floppy ribbon cable to PIN 1. PIN 1 FLOPPY R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-25 If any device jumper is set as âÂÂCable-Select,â make sure all other device jumpers have the same setting. 3. NVIDIA î nForce î 570 SLI MCP Serial A T A connectors (7-pin SA T A1 [red], SA T A2 [red], SA T A3 [red], SA T A4 [red], SA T A5 [red], SA T A6 [red]) These connectors are for the Serial A T A signal cables for Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s hard disk and optical disk drives. The Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s is backward compatible with Serial A T A 1.5 Gb/s speciîÂÂcation. If you installed Serial A T A hard disk drives, you can create a RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, RAID 5, or JBOD conîÂÂguration through the onboard NVIDIA î MediaShield⢠controller . The RAID function of these connectors is set to [Disabled] by default. If you intend to create a Serial A T A RAID set using these connectors, enable the RAID Enabled item in the SA T A ConîÂÂguration sub-menu in the BIOS. See section âÂÂ4.4.7 Onboard Device ConîÂÂgurationâ for details. M2N-SLI DELUXE IDE Connector PRI_IDE R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE M2N-SLI DELUXE SATA Connectors GN D RS A TA _TXP 5 RS A TA _TXN 5 GN D RS A TA _RXP 5 RS A TA _RXN 5 GN D GN D GN D GN D RS AT A_ RX N6 RS AT A_ TX N6 RS AT A_ TX N6 RS AT A_ RX P6 GN D RS A TA _TXP 1 RS A TA _TXN 1 GN D RS A TA _RXP 1 RS A TA _RXN 1 GN D GN D RS A TA _TXP 2 RS A TA _TXN 2 GN D RS A TA _RXP 2 RS A TA _RXN 2 GN D GN D RS A TA _TXP 3 RS A TA _TXN 3 GN D RS A TA _RXP 3 RS A TA _RXN 3 GN D GN D RS A TA _TXP 4 RS A TA _TXN 4 GN D RS A TA _RXP 4 RS A TA _RXN 4 GN D SATA1 SATA5 SATA4 SATA3 SATA2 SATA6 R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE
2-26 Chapter 2: Hardware information 4. JMicron JMB363 î Serial A T A RAID connector (7-pin SA T A_RAID1) This connector is for a Serial A T A signal cable. This connector supports a Serial A T A hard disk drive that you can conîÂÂgure for RAID through the onboard Serial A T A RAID controller . The JMicron JMB363 controller item in the BIOS is set to [IDE] by default, allowing you to enable the hot-plug function for the external device. Set to [AHCI] to use the connectors to build a RAID set. See section âÂÂ4.4.7 Onboard Device ConîÂÂgurationâ for details. Before creating a RAID set using Serial A T A hard disks, make sure that you have connected the Serial A T A signal cables and installed Serial A T A hard disk drives; otherwise, you cannot enter the JMicron î JMB363 RAID utility and SA T A BIOS setup during POST . M2N-SLI DELUXE SA T A RAID Connector SATA_RAID1 GN D RS AT A_ TXP1 RS AT A_ TXN1 GN D RS AT A_ RXP1 RS AT A_ RXN1 GN D R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE Connect the right-angle side of the SA T A signal cable to the SA T A device or you may connect the right-angle side of the SA T A cable to the onboard SA T A port to avoid placement conîÂÂict with huge graphics cards. right angle side
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-27 5. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78, USB910) These connectors are for USB 2.0 ports. Connect the USB module cable to any of these connectors, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. These USB connectors comply with USB 2.0 speciîÂÂcation that supports up to 480 Mbps connection speed. Never connect a 1394 cable to the USB connectors. Doing so will damage the motherboard! M2N-SLI DELUXE USB 2.0 Connectors USB78 USB 5V USB_P8- USB_P8 GND NC USB 5V USB_P7- USB_P7 GND 1 USB56 USB 5V USB_P6 USB_P6 GND NC USB 5V USB_P5- USB_P5 GND - 1 USB 5V USB 5V USB_P9- USB_P10- USB_P9 USB_P10 GND GND USB910 1 NC R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE 6. IEE E 1394 a port connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) This connector is for a IEEE 1394a port. Connect the IEEE 1394a module cable to this connector , then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. Never connect a USB cable to the IEEE 1394a connector . Doing so will damage the motherboard! Connect one end of the USB cable to the ASUS Q-Connector îÂÂrst before connecting to the USB connector onboard. M2N-SLI DELUXE IEEE 1394a Connector IE1394_2 R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE - 2 A P T D N G - 2 B P T V 2 1 D N G 2 A P T D N G 2 B P T V 2 1 Connect one end of the IEEE1394 cable to the ASUS Q-Connector îÂÂrst before connecting to the IEEE1394 connector onboard.
2-28 Chapter 2: Hardware information 7. CPU, chassis, and power fan connectors (4-pin CPU_F AN, 3-pin CHA_F AN1, 3-pin CHA_F AN2, 3-pin CHA_F AN3, 3-pin CHA_F AN4, 3-pin PWR_F AN) The fan c onnect ors su pport cooli ng fan s of 3 50 mA ~ 2000 mA (24 W max.) or a total of 1 A ~ 3.48 A (41.76 W max.) at 12V . Connect the fan cables to the fan connectors on the motherboard, making sure that the black wire of each cable matches the ground pin of the connector . Do not forget to connect the fan cables to the fan connectors. InsufîÂÂcient air îÂÂow inside the system may damage the motherboard components. These are not jumpers! Do not place jumper caps on the fan connectors! M2N-SLI DELUXE Fan Connectors CHA_F AN1 PWR_F AN CHA_F AN2 GND Rotation 12V GND Rotation 12V CPU_F AN GND CPU F AN PWR CPU F AN IN CPU F AN PWM CHA_F AN3 CHA_FAN4 GND Rotation 12V GND Rotation 12V GND Rotation 12V R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE ⢠Only the CPU_F AN, CHA_F AN1, CHA_F AN2, CHA_F AN3, and CHA_F AN4 connectors support the ASUS Q-Fan2 feature. ⢠If you install two graphics cards, we recommend that you plug the rear chassis fan cable to the motherboard connector labeled CHA_F AN1 or CHA_F AN2 for better thermal environment.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-29 9. AT X p owe r c on ne cto rs (24-pin A TXPWR, 4-pin EA TX12V) These connectors are for A TX power supply plugs. The power supply plugs are designed to îÂÂt these connectors in only one orientation. Find the proper orientation and push down îÂÂrmly until the connectors completely îÂÂt. 8. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) This connector is for a chassis-mounted intrusion detection sensor or switch. Connect one end of the chassis intrusion sensor or switch cable to this connector . The chassis intrusion sensor or switch sends a high-level signal to this connector when a chassis component is removed or replaced. The signal is then generated as a chassis intrusion event. By default, the pins labeled âÂÂChassis Signalâ and âÂÂGroundâ are shorted with a jumper cap. Remove the jumper caps only when you intend to use the chassis intrusion detection feature. M2N-SLI DELUXE Chassis Intrusion Connector CHASSIS 5VSB_MB Chassis Signal GND (Default) R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE M2N-SLI DELUXE ATX Power Connector 3 V olts 3 V olts Ground 5 V olts 5 V olts Ground Ground Power OK 5V Standby 12 V olts -5 V olts 5 V olts 3 V olts -12 V olts Ground Ground Ground PSON# Ground 5 V olts 12 V olts 3 V olts 5 V olts Ground 12V DC GND 12V DC GND A TX12V EA TXPWR R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE
2-30 Chapter 2: Hardware information ⢠For a fully conîÂÂgured system, we recommend that you use a power supply unit (PSU) that complies with A TX 12 V SpeciîÂÂcation 2.0 (or later version) and provides a minimum power of 600 W . ⢠Do not forget to connect the 4-pin A TX 12 V power plug; otherwise, the system will not boot. ⢠Use of a PSU with a higher power output is recommended when conîÂÂguring a system with more power-consuming devices. The system may become unstable or may not boot up if the power is inadequate. 10. Front panel audio con nec tor (10-1 pin AAFP) This connector is for a chassis-mounted front panel audio I/O module that supports either HD Audio or legacy AC`97 audio standard. Connect one end of the front panel audio I/O module cable to this connector . ⢠We recommend that you connect a high-deîÂÂnition front panel audio module to this connector to avail of the motherboardâÂÂs high-deîÂÂnition audio capability . ⢠By default, this connector is set to AC97 Audio. If you want to connect a High DeîÂÂnition front panel audio module to this connector , set the Front Panel Support T ype item in the BIOS to [HD Audio]. See section âÂÂ4.4.7 Onboard Device ConîÂÂgurationâ for details.. M2N-SLI DELUXE Azalia Front Panel Audio Connector R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE AC âÂÂ97-compliant pin definition AAFP NC MIC2_L Line out_R Line out_L NC NC MICPWR NC AGND SENSE2_RETUR PORT1 L PORT2 R PORT2 L SENSE1_RETUR SENSE_SEND PORT1 R PRESENCE# GND Azalia-compliant pin definition
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-31 1 1. Optical drive audio co nne cto r (4-pin CD) This connector allows you to receive stereo audio input from an optical drive such as DVD or CD-ROM.. 12. Parallel port con nec tor (26-1 pin LPT) This connector is for a parallel port. Connect the parallel port module cable to this connector , then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. The parallel port cable is purchased separately . M2N-SLI DELUXE Internal Audio Connector CD (black) Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground Ground R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE M2N-SLI DELUXE Parallel Port Connector LPT STB# AFD PD0 ERR# PD1 INIT # PD2 SLIN# PD3 GND PD4 1 GND PD7 PD6 PD5 GND GND GND ACK# GND BUSY PE SLCT GND GND R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE
2-32 Chapter 2: Hardware information 13. Digital audio con nec tor (4-1 pin SPDIF_OUT) This connector is for an additional Sony/Philips Digital Interface (S/PDIF) port(s). Connect the S/PDIF In/Out module cable to this connector , then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. The S/PDIF module is purchased separately . M2N-SLI DELUXE Digital Audio Connector 5V SPDIFOUT GND SPDIF_OUT R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 2-33 ⢠System power LED (2-pin PLED) This 2-pin connector is for the system power LED. Connect the chassis power LED cable to this connector . The system power LED lights up when you turn on the system power , and blinks when the system is in sleep mode. ⢠Hard disk drive activity LED (2-pin IDE_LED) This 2-pin connector is for the HDD Activity LED. Connect the HDD Activity LED cable to this connector . The IDE LED lights up or îÂÂashes when data is read from or written to the HDD. ⢠System warning speaker (4-pin SPEAKER) This 4-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted system warning speaker . The speaker allows you to hear system beeps and warnings. ⢠A TX power button/soft-off button (2-pin PWRSW) This connector is for the system power button. Pressing the power button turns the system on or puts the system in sleep or soft-off mode depending on the BIOS settings. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds while the system is ON turns the system OFF . ⢠Reset button (2-pin RESET) This 2-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted reset button for system reboot without turning off the system power . 14. System panel connector (20-8 pin P ANEL) This connector supports several chassis-mounted functions. M2N-SLI DELUXE System Panel Connector * Requires an A TX power supply P ANEL PLED- PWR 5V Speaker Ground RESET Ground Reset Ground Ground PWRSW PLED IDE_LED- IDE_LED IDE_LED PLED SPEAKER R M2 N-S LI DEL UXE
2-34 Chapter 2: Hardware information Q-Connector (System panel) ASUS Q-Connector allows you to easily to connect the chassis front panel cables to the motherboard. Perform these steps to install ASUS Q-Connector . Step 1 Connect the front panel cables to their respective connectors on the ASUS Q-Connector . Refer to the labels on the Q-Connector for proper connection and pin deîÂÂnition. Step 2 Carefully connect the ASUS Q-Connector to the System panel connector . The ASUS Q-Connector îÂÂts only in one orientation; if it doesnâÂÂt îÂÂt, try reversing it. When installed, the Q-connector appears as shown.
3 Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence and ways of shutting down the system.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe Chapter summary 3 3.1 Starting up for the îÂÂrst time ........................................................ 3-1 3.2 Powering off the computer .......................................................... 3-2
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 3-1 3.1 Starting up for the î¿rst time 1. After making all the connections, replace the system case cover . 2. Be sure that all switches are off. 3. Connect the power cord to the power connector at the back of the system chassis. 4. Connect the power cord to a power outlet that is equipped with a surge protector . 5. T urn on the devices in the following order: a. Monitor b. External SCSI devices (starting with the last device on the chain) c. System power 6. After applying power , the system power LED on the system front panel case lights up. For systems with A TX power supplies, the system LED lights up when you press the A TX power button. If your monitor complies with âÂÂgreenâ standards or if it has a âÂÂpower standbyâ feature, the monitor LED may light up or switch between orange and green after the system LED turns on. The system then runs the power-on self tests or POST . While the tests are running, the BIOS beeps or additional messages appear on the screen. If you do not see anything within 30 seconds from the time you turned on the power , the system may have failed a power-on test. Check the jumper settings and connections or call your retailer for assistance. 7. At power on, hold down the <Del> key to enter the BIOS Setup. Follow the instructions in Chapter 4.
3-2 Chapter 3: Powering up 3.2 Powering off the computer 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function If you are using Windows î 2000: 1. Click the Start button then click Shut Down... 2. Make sure that the Shut Down option button is selected, then click the OK button to shut down the computer . 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. If you are using Windows î XP: 1. Click the Start button then select T urn Off Computer . 2. Click the T urn Off button to shut down the computer . 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch While the system is ON, pressing the power switch for less than four seconds puts the system to sleep mode or to soft-off mode, depending on the BIOS setting. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds lets the system enter the soft-off mode regardless of the BIOS setting. Refer to section âÂÂ4.5 Power Menuâ in Chapter 4 for details.
4 BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change the system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided.
Chapter summary 4 ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ............................................ 4-1 4.2 BIOS setup program .................................................................. 4-10 4.3 Main menu .................................................................................. 4-14 4.4 Advanced menu ......................................................................... 4-19 4.5 Power menu ................................................................................ 4-32 4.6 Boot menu .................................................................................. 4-37 4.7 T ools menu ................................................................................. 4-42 4.8 Exit menu .................................................................................... 4-47
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-1 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS The following utilities allow you to manage and update the motherboard Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) setup. 1. ASUS Update (Updates the BIOS in Windows î environment.) 2. ASUS EZ Flash 2 (Updates the BIOS in DOS using a îÂÂoppy disk, USB îÂÂash disk, or the motherboard support CD.) 3. Award BIOS Flash Utility (Updates the BIOS in DOS mode using a bootable îÂÂoppy disk.) 4. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 (Updates the BIOS using a bootable îÂÂoppy disk, USB îÂÂash disk, or the motherboard support CD when the BIOS îÂÂle fails or gets corrupted.) Save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS îÂÂle to a bootable îÂÂoppy disk in case you need to restore the BIOS in the future. Copy the original motherboard BIOS using the ASUS Update or Award BIOS Flash utilities. Installing ASUS Update T o install ASUS Update: 1. Place the support CD in the optical drive. The Drivers menu appears. 2. Click the Utilities tab, then click Install ASUS Update VX.XX.XX. See page 5-3 for the Utilities screen menu. 3. The ASUS Update utility is copied to your system. 4.1.1 ASUS Update utility The ASUS Update is a utility that allows you to manage, save, and update the motherboard BIOS in Windows î environment. The ASUS Update utility allows you to: ⢠Save the current BIOS îÂÂle ⢠Download the latest BIOS îÂÂle from the Internet ⢠Update the BIOS from an updated BIOS îÂÂle ⢠Update the BIOS directly from the Internet, and ⢠View the BIOS version information. This utility is available in the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. ASUS Update requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP).
4-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Quit all Windows î applications before you update the BIOS using this utility . 3. Select the ASUS FTP site nearest you to avoid network trafîÂÂc, or click Auto Select. Click Next. Updating the BIOS through the Internet T o update the BIOS through the Internet: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start > Programs > ASUS > ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate . The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from the Internet option from the drop-down menu, then click Next.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-3 Updating the BIOS through a BIOS îÂÂle T o update the BIOS through a BIOS îÂÂle: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start > Programs > ASUS > ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate . The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from a îÂÂle option from the drop-down menu, then click Next. 4. From the FTP site, select the BIOS version that you wish to download. Click Next. 5. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. The ASUS Update utility is capable of updating itself through the Internet. Always update the utility to avail all its features. 3. Locate the BIOS îÂÂle from the Open window , then click Open. 4. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process.
4-4 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1.2 Creating a bootable îÂÂoppy disk 1. Do either one of the following to create a bootable îÂÂoppy disk. DOS environment a. Insert a 1.44MB îÂÂoppy disk into the drive. b. At the DOS prompt, type format A:/ S then press <Enter>. Windows î XP environment a. Insert a 1.44 MB îÂÂoppy disk to the îÂÂoppy disk drive. b. Click Start from the Windows î desktop, then select My Computer. c. Select the 3 1/2 Floppy Drive icon. d. Click File from the menu, then select Format. A Format 3 1/2 Floppy Disk window appears. e. Select Create an MS-DOS startup disk from the format options îÂÂeld, then click Start. Windows î 2000 environment T o create a set of boot disks for Windows î 2000: a. Insert a formatted, high density 1.44 MB îÂÂoppy disk into the drive. b. Insert the Windows î 2000 CD to the optical drive. c. Click Start, then select Run. d. From the Open îÂÂeld, type D:\bootdisk\makeboot a: assuming that D: is your optical drive. e. Press <Enter>, then follow screen instructions to continue. 2. Copy the original or the latest motherboard BIOS îÂÂle to the bootable îÂÂoppy disk.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-5 T o update the BIOS using EZ Flash 2: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www .asus.com) to download the latest BIOS îÂÂle for the motherboard. 2. Save the BIOS îÂÂle to a îÂÂoppy disk or a USB îÂÂash disk, then restart the system. 3. Y ou can launch the EZ Flash 2 by two methods. (1) Insert the îÂÂoppy disk / USB îÂÂash disk that contains the BIOS îÂÂle to the îÂÂoppy disk drive or the USB port. Press <Alt> <F2> during POST to display the following. 4.1.3 ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility The ASUS EZ Flash 2 feature allows you to update the BIOS without having to go through the long process of booting from a îÂÂoppy disk and using a DOS-based utility . The EZ Flash utility is built-in the BIOS chip so it is accessible by pressing <Alt> <F2> during the Power-On Self-T est (POST). (2) Enter BIOS setup program. Go to the T ools menu to select EZ Flash 2 and press <Enter> to enable it. Y ou can switch between drives by pressing <T ab> before the correct îÂÂle is found. Then press <Enter>. 4. When the correct BIOS îÂÂle is found, EZ Flash 2 performs the BIOS update process and automatically reboots the system when done. ⢠This function can support devices such as USB îÂÂash disk, hard disk, or îÂÂoppy disk with F A T 32/16/12 format only . ⢠Do not shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure! ASUSTek EZ Flash 2 BIOS ROM Utility B312 FLASH TYPE: Winbond W39V080A 8Mb LPC BOARD: M2NSLI Deluxe VER: 0122 DATE: 04/27/2006 Current ROM Update ROM BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown PATH: C:\M2N320C A: C: Note [Enter] Select [S] Save [ESC] Exit [Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move WIN98SE <DIR> NETTERM <DIR> DRIVERS <DIR> RECYCLED <DIR> WUTEMP <DIR> NEWFOL~1 <DIR> INSTALL <DIR> TEST_REB <DIR> MSDOWNLD.TMP <DIR>
4-6 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1.4 Updating the BIOS The Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) can be updated using the AwardBIOS Flash Utility . Follow these instructions to update the BIOS using this utility . 1. Download the latest BIOS îÂÂle from the ASUS web site. Rename the îÂÂle to m2nsli.bin and save it to a îÂÂoppy disk CD ROM or a USB îÂÂash disk in F A T 16/12 format . Save only the updated BIOS îÂÂle in the îÂÂoppy disk to avoid loading the wrong BIOS îÂÂle. 2. Copy the AwardBIOS Flash Utility (awdîÂÂash.exe) from the Software folder of the support CD to the îÂÂoppy disk, CD-ROM, or USB îÂÂash disk with the latest BIOS îÂÂle. 3. Boot the system in DOS mode using the bootable îÂÂoppy disk, CD-ROM, or USB îÂÂash disk you created earlier . 4. When the A:> appears, replace the bootable îÂÂoppy disk with the îÂÂoppy disk containing the new BIOS îÂÂle and the Award BIOS Flash Utility . AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please input File Name! For NF570-SLI-M2N-SLI-DELUXE DATE:03/30/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved For NF570-SLI-M2N-SLI-DELUXE DATE:03/30/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: 0104.bin Message: Do You Want To Save Bios (Y/N) 6. T ype the BIOS îÂÂle name in the File Name to Program îÂÂeld, then press <Enter>.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-7 7. Press <N> when the utility prompts you to save the current BIOS îÂÂle. The following screen appears. 8. The utility veriîÂÂes the BIOS îÂÂle in the îÂÂoppy disk, CD-ROM, or USB îÂÂash disk and starts îÂÂashing the BIOS îÂÂle. Do not turn off or reset the system during the îÂÂashing process! AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Warning: DonâÂÂt Turn Off Power Or Reset System! 9. The utility displays a Flashing Complete message indicating that you have successfully îÂÂashed the BIOS îÂÂle. Remove the disk then press <F1> to restart the system. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved F1 Reset For NF570-SLI-M2N-SLI-DELUXE DATE:03/30/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: m2nsli.bin Flashing Complete Press <F1> to Continue Write OK No Update Write Fail For NF570-SLI-M2N-SLI-DELUXE DATE:03/30/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: m2nsli.bin Programming Flash Memory - OFE00 OK Write OK No Update Write Fail
4-8 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4. The utility saves the current BIOS îÂÂle to the disk, then returns to the BIOS îÂÂashing process. 3. T ype a îÂÂlename for the current BIOS îÂÂle in the Save current BIOS as îÂÂeld, then press <Enter>. T o save the current BIOS îÂÂle using the AwardBIOS Flash Utility: 1. Follow steps 1 to 6 of the previous section. 2. Press <Y> when the utility prompts you to save the current BIOS îÂÂle. The following screen appears. 4.1.5 Saving the current BIOS îÂÂle Y ou can use the AwardBIOS Flash Utility to save the current BIOS îÂÂle. Y ou can load the current BIOS îÂÂle when the BIOS îÂÂle gets corrupted during the îÂÂashing process. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: For NF570-SLI-M2N-SLI-DELUXE DATE:03/30/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: m2nsli.bin Save current BIOS as: AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please Wait! For NF570-SLI-M2N-SLI-DELUXE DATE:03/30/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: m2nsli.bin Checksum: 810DH Save current BIOS as: m2nsli2.bin AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please Wait! For NF570-SLI-M2N-SLI-DELUXE DATE:03/30/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: m2nsli2.bin Now Backup System BIOS to File! Make sure that the disk has enough space to save the îÂÂle.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-9 4.1.6 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 utility The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 is an auto recovery tool that allows you to restore the BIOS îÂÂle when it fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. Y ou can update a corrupted BIOS îÂÂle using the motherboard support CD, îÂÂoppy , or USB îÂÂash disk that contains the updated BIOS îÂÂle. Prepare the motherboard support CD, îÂÂoppy , or USB îÂÂash disk containing the updated motherboard BIOS before using this utility . Recovering the BIOS from the support CD T o recover the BIOS from the support CD: 1. T urn on the system. 2. Insert the motherboard support CD to the optical drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the CD for the BIOS îÂÂle. 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. Award BootBlock BIOS v1.0 Copyright (c) 2000, Award Software, Inc. BIOS ROM checksum error Detecting IDE ATAPI device... Found CDROM, try to Boot from it... Pass When found, the utility reads the BIOS îÂÂle and starts îÂÂashing the corrupted BIOS îÂÂle. Award BootBlock BIOS v1.0 Copyright (c) 2000, Award Software, Inc. BIOS ROM checksum error Detecting IDE ATAPI device... Recovering the BIOS from the USB îÂÂash disk T o recover the BIOS from the USB îÂÂash disk: 1. Insert the USB îÂÂash disk that contains BIOS îÂÂle to the USB port. 2. T urn on the system. 3. The utility will automatically checks the devices for the BIOS îÂÂle When found, the utility reads the BIOS îÂÂle and starts îÂÂashing the corrupted BIOS îÂÂle. 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. ⢠Use only a USB îÂÂash disk smaller than 8GB with single partition and F A T 32/16/12 format. ⢠DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure!
4-10 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.2 BIOS setup program This motherboard supports a programmable Low-Pin Count (LPC) chip that you can update using the provided utility described in section âÂÂ4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS.â Use the BIOS Setup program when you are installing a motherboard, reconîÂÂguring your system, or prompted toâÂÂRun Setup.â This section explains how to conîÂÂgure your system using this utility . Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program, you can change the conîÂÂguration of your computer in the future. For example, you can enable the security password feature or change the power management settings. This requires you to reconîÂÂgure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM of the LPC chip. The LPC chip on the motherboard stores the Setup utility . When you start up the computer , the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. Press <Del> during the Power-On Self-T est (POST) to enter the Setup utility; otherwise, POST continues with its test routines. If you wish to enter Setup after POST , reboot the system by doing any of the following procedures: ⢠Restart using the OS standard shut-down procedure. ⢠Press <Ctrl> <Alt> <Del> simultaneously . ⢠Press the reset button on the system chassis. ⢠Press the power button to turn the system off then back on. Using the power button, reset button, or the <Ctrl> <Alt> <Del> keys to force reset from a running operating system can cause damage to your data or system. We recommend to always shut-down the system properly from the operating system. The Setup program is designed to make it as easy to use as possible. Being a menu-driven program, it lets you scroll through the various sub-menus and make your selections from the available options using the navigation keys. ⢠The default BIOS settings for this motherboard apply for most conditions to ensure optimum performance. If the system becomes unstable after changing any BIOS settings, load the default settings to ensure system compatibility and stability . Select the Load Default Settings item under the Exit Menu. See section âÂÂ4.8 Exit Menu.â â¢ The BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference purposes only , and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS îÂÂle for this motherboard.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-11 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Change the day, month, year and century. Legend bar General help Menu bar Sub-menu items ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds Menu items Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Thu, Apr 6 2006 Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] SATA 1 [None] SATA 2 [None] SATA 3 [None] SATA 4 [None] SATA 5 [None] SATA 6 [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 512MB Usable Memory 511MB 4.2.2 Menu bar The menu bar on top of the screen has the following main items: Main Select to change basic system conîÂÂgurations Advanced Select to conîÂÂgure advanced system settings Power Select for advanced power management (APM) conîÂÂgurations Boot Select to change system boot conîÂÂguration T ools Select to use various ASUS BIOS tools. Exit Select for the exit options and to load default BIOS settings T o select an item on the menu bar , press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard until the desired item is highlighted. ⢠The BIOS setup screens shown in this chapter are for reference purposes only , and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS information.
4-12 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.2.4 Menu items The highlighted item on the menu bar displays the speciîÂÂc items for that menu. For example, selecting Main shows the Main menu items. The other items (Advanced, Power , Boot, and Exit) on the menu bar have their respective menu items. 4.2.5 Sub-menu items A solid triangle before each item on any menu screen means that the item has a sub-menu. T o display the sub-menu, select the item and press <Enter>. 4.2.6 ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds These îÂÂelds show the values for the menu items. If an item is user-conîÂÂgurable, you can change the value of the îÂÂeld opposite the item. Y ou cannot select an item that is not user-conîÂÂgurable. A conîÂÂgurable îÂÂeld is enclosed in brackets, and is highlighted when selected. T o change the value of a îÂÂeld, select it then press <Enter> to display a list of options. Refer to âÂÂ4.2.7 Pop-up window .â 4.2.3 Legend bar At the bottom of the Setup screen is a legend bar . The keys in the legend bar allow you to navigate through the various setup menus. The following table lists the keys found in the legend bar with their corresponding functions. Navigation Key Function <F1> Displays the General Help screen <F5> Loads setup default values <Esc> Exits the BIOS setup or returns to the main menu from a sub-menu Left or Right arrow Selects the menu item to the left or right Up or Down arrow Moves the highlight up or down between îÂÂelds Page Down or Scrolls backward through the values for the highlighted - (minus) îÂÂeld Page Up or (plus) Scrolls forward through the values for the highlighted îÂÂeld
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-13 4.2.7 Pop-up window Select a menu item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up window with the conîÂÂguration options for that item. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Speciî¿es the capacity and physical size of diskette drive A. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Thu, Apr 6 2006 Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] SATA 1 [None] SATA 2 [None] SATA 3 [None] SATA 4 [None] SATA 5 [None] SATA 6 [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 512MB Usable Memory 512MB 4.2.8 General help At the top right corner of the menu screen is a brief description of the selected item. Legacy Diskette A: Disabled ..... [ ] 720K , 3.5 in. ..... [ ] 1.44M, 3.5 in. ..... [ ] âÂÂâ :Move ENTER:Accept ESC:Abort Pop-up menu
4-14 Chapter 4: BIOS setup F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Change the day, month, year and century. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Thu, Apr 6 2006 Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] SATA 1 [None] SATA 2 [None] SATA 3 [None] SATA 4 [None] SATA 5 [None] SATA 6 [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 512MB Usable Memory 511MB 4.3 Main menu When you enter the BIOS Setup program, the Main menu screen appears, giving you an overview of the basic system information. Refer to section âÂÂ4.2.1 BIOS menu screenâ for information on the menu screen items and how to navigate through them. 4.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xx] Allows you to set the system time. 4.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] Allows you to set the system date. 4.3.3 Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Sets the type of îÂÂoppy drive installed. ConîÂÂguration options: [None] [360K, 5.25 in.] [1.2M, 5.25 in.] [720K , 3.5 in.] [1.44M, 3.5 in.]
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-15 4.3.4 Primary IDE Master/Slave While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of IDE devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each IDE device. Select a device item then press <Enter> to display the IDE device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Capacity , Cylinder , Head, Sector and T ransfer Mode). These values are not user-conîÂÂgurable. These items show N/A if no IDE device is installed in the system. PIO Mode [Auto] Sets the PIO mode for the IDE device. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Mode 0] [Mode 1] [Mode 2] [Mode 3] [Mode 4] UDMA Mode [Auto] Disables or sets the UDMA mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Primary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Select [Auto] to automatically detect an IDE hard disk drive. If automatic detection is successful, the BIOS automatically îÂÂlls in the correct values for the remaining îÂÂelds on this sub-menu. If the hard disk was already formatted on a previous system, the setup BIOS may detect incorrect parameters. Select [Manual] to manually enter the IDE hard disk drive parameters. If no drive is installed select [None]. ConîÂÂguration options: [None] [Auto] [Manual] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Set a PIO mode for IDE device. Mode0 through 4 for successive increase in performance. Primary IDE Master PIO Mode [Auto] UDMA Mode [Auto] Primary IDE Master [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Capacity 82 GB Cylinder 39420 Head 16 Sector 255 Transfer Mode UDMA 5
4-16 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Capacity Displays the auto-detected hard disk capacity . This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Cylinder Shows the number of the hard disk cylinders. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Head Shows the number of the hard disk read/write heads. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Sector Shows the number of sectors per track. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. T ransfer Mode Shows the T ransfer mode. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Access Mode [Auto] The default [Auto] allows automatic detection of an IDE hard disk drive. Select [CHS] for this item if you set the IDE Primary Master/Slave to [Manual]. ConîÂÂguration options: [CHS] [LBA] [Large] [Auto] Before attempting to conîÂÂgure a hard disk drive, make sure you have the correct conîÂÂguration information supplied by the drive manufacturer . Incorrect settings may cause the system to fail to recognize the installed hard disk. After entering the IDE hard disk drive information into BIOS, use a disk utility , such as FDISK, to partition and format new IDE hard disk drives. This is necessary so that you can write or read data from the hard disk. Make sure to set the partition of the Primary IDE hard disk drives to active.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-17 4.3.5 SA T A 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of Serial A T A devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each SA T A device. Select a device item then press <Enter> to display the SA T A device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Capacity , Cylinder , Head, Landing Zone and Sector). These values are not user- conîÂÂgurable. These items show 0 if no SA T A device is installed in the system. Extended IDE Drive [Auto] Selects the type of îÂÂxed disk connected to the system. ConîÂÂguration options: [None] [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Sets the sector addressing mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Large] [Auto] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Selects the type of î¿xed disk connected to the system. SATA 1 Extended IDE Drive [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Capacity 0 MB Cylinder 0 Head 0 Landing Zone 0 Sector 0 Before attempting to conîÂÂgure a hard disk drive, make sure you have the correct conîÂÂguration information supplied by the drive manufacturer . Incorrect settings may cause the system to fail to recognize the installed hard disk. Capacity Displays the auto-detected hard disk capacity . This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Cylinder Shows the number of the hard disk cylinders. This item is not conîÂÂgurable.
4-18 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Head Shows the number of the hard disk read/write heads. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Landing Zone Shows the number of landing zone per track. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Sector Shows the number of sectors per track. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. After entering the IDE hard disk drive information into BIOS, use a disk utility , such as FDISK, to partition and format new IDE hard disk drives. This is necessary so that you can write or read data from the hard disk. Make sure to set the partition of the Primary IDE hard disk drives to active. 4.3.6 HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the HDD Self-Monitoring Analysis and Reporting T echnology (SMART) feature. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.3.7 Installed Memory [xxx MB] Shows the size of installed memory . 4.3.8 Usable Memory [XXX MB] Shows the size of usable memory .
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-19 Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Adjust system frequency/ voltage. JumperFree Conî¿guration AI NET2 PEG Link Mode CPU Conî¿guration Chipset PCIPnP Onboard Device Conî¿guration 4.4 Advanced menu The Advanced menu items allow you to change the settings for the CPU and other system devices. T ake caution when changing the settings of the Advanced menu items. Incorrect îÂÂeld values can cause the system to malfunction. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit 4.4.1 JumperFree ConîÂÂguration F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to select overclock proî¿le. JumperFree Conî¿guration AI Tuning [Auto] x Overclock Options Disabled x N.O.S. Option Disabled x CPU Frequency 200.0 x DDR2 Voltage Control Auto x CPU Voltage Auto x CPU Multiplier Auto Advanced Voltage Control Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced AI T uning [Auto] Allows selection of CPU overclocking options to achieve desired CPU internal frequency . Selct either one of the preset overclocking conîÂÂguration options: Manual Allows you to individually set overclocking parameters. Auto Loads the optimal settings for the system.
4-20 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Standard Loads the standard settings for the system. AI Overclock Loads overclocking proîÂÂles with optimal parameters for stability when overclocking. AI N.O.S. The ASUS Non-delay Overclocking System feature intelligently determines the system load and automatically boosts the performance for the most demanding tasks. The following item becomes user-conîÂÂgurable when you set AI T uning to [ AI Overclocking]. Overclock Options [Disabled] Allows you to set the overclocking options. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Overclock 3%] [Overclock 5%] [Overclock 8%] [Overclock 10%] The following item becomes user-conîÂÂgurable when you set AI T uning to [ AI N.O.S.] N.O.S. Option [Disabled] Allows you to set the Non-delay Overclocking System mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Overclock 3%] [Overclock 5%] [Overclock 8%] [Overclock 10%] The following items become user-conîÂÂgurable when you set AI T uning to [ Manual]. CPU Frequency [XXX] (value is auto-detected) Indicates the frequency sent by the clock generator to the system bus and PCI bus. The bus frequency (external frequency) multiplied by the bus multiple equals the CPU speed. The BIOS auto-detects the value of this item. The values range from 200.0 to 400.0. Setting a very high CPU frequency may cause the system to become unstable. If this happens, revert to the default setting. DDR2 V oltage Control [Auto] Allows you to set the operating DDR2 voltage. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.80V] [1.85V] [1.90V] ~ [2.50V]
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-21 CPU Multiplier [Auto] Allows you to set the operating CPU multiplier . The conîÂÂguration options may vary depending on the type of CPU installed. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [5x] [6x] ~ [10x] CPU V oltage [Auto] Allows you to set the operating CPU voltage. The conîÂÂguration options vary depending on the type of CPU installed. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Set NB Core/PCI-E Voltage. Advanced Voltage Control CPU/Chipset HT Voltage [1.20V] Chipset Core Voltage [1.40V] Chipset Standby Core Voltage [1.40V] Chipset PCI-E Voltage [1.50V] CPU VCore Offset Voltage [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced CPU/Chipset HT V oltage [1.20V] Allows you to set the processor/chipset HyperT ransport voltage. Configuration options: [1.20V] [1.25V] [1.30V] [1.35V] [ 1.40V] [ 1.45V] [ 1.50V] Chipset Core V oltage [1.40V] Allows you to set the chipset core voltage. Configuration options: [1.40V] [1.50V] [1.60V] Chipset Standby Core V oltage [1.40V] Allows you to set the chipset standby core voltage. Configuration options: [1.40V] [1.60V] Chipset PCI-E V oltage [1.50V] Allows you to set the chipset PCI Express voltage. Configuration options: [1.50V] [1.55V] [1.60V] [1.65V] [1.70V] CPU VCore Offset V oltage [Disabled] Allows you to disable or set the processor vCore offset voltage. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Offset 100.0mV] Advanced V oltage Control Refer to the CPU documentation before setting the CPU vCore voltage. Setting a high vCore voltage may damage the CPU.
4-22 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.4.2 AI NET2 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Enable or Disable LAN cable check during POST. AI NET2 POST Check LAN Cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN2 Cable [Disabled] Pair Status Length LAN1(1-2) Open N/A LAN1(3-4) Open N/A LAN1(5-6) Open N/A LAN1(7-8) Open N/A LAN2(1-2) Open N/A LAN2(3-4) Open N/A LAN2(5-6) Open N/A LAN2(7-8) Open N/A Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced POST Check LAN Cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN2 Cable [Disabled] Enables or disables checking of the LAN/LAN2 cable during the Power-On Self-T est (POST). ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.4.3 PEG Link Mode Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Enhance performance on PCIE serial graphic card. PEG Link Mode PEG Link Mode [Auto] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced PEG Link Mode [Auto] Allows you to enhance the performance of your PCI Express graphics card. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Normal] [Fast] [Faster] Setting to [Fast] or [Faster] may cause your system to be unstable. If this happens, revert to the default setting [Auto].
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-23 4.4.4 CPU ConîÂÂguration Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help DRAM timing and control. CPU Conî¿guration CPU Type AMD Engineering Sample CPU Speed 2600 MHz Cache RAM 1024K DRAM Conî¿guration AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Function [Enabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Setting platform Memclock or limit value. DRAM Conî¿guration Memory Clock Frequency [Auto] Tcl [Auto] Trcd [Auto] Trp [Auto] Tras [Auto] 1T/2T Memory Timing [Auto] DRAM ECC Enable [Disabled] Advance Memory Settings DRAM Timing Control Output Driver Control Current DRAM Timing 533MHz-4-4-4-12-2T Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced DRAM ConîÂÂguration The items in the sub-menu show the DRAM-related information auto-detected by the BIOS. Memory Clock Frequency [Auto] Sets the memory clock frequency . ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [DDR2 400] [DDR2 533] [DDR2 667] [DDR2 800] T cl [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [3] [4] [5] [6] T rcd [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [3] [4] [5] [6] T rp [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [3] [4] [5] [6] T ras [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [5] [6] [7] ~ [18] 1T/2T Memory Timing [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1T] [2T]
4-24 Chapter 4: BIOS setup DRAM ECC Enable [Disabled] Enables or disables the DRAM ECC function. This item appears only when you install DRAM modules that support ECC function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Advance Memory Settings CPU On-die T ermination ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [300ohm] [150ohm] [75ohm] T rc ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1 1] [12] [13]...[25] [26] T wr ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [3] [4] [5] [6] T rrd ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [2] [3] [4] [5] T rwt ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9] T wtr ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] T rtp ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [2/4] [3/5] T wrrd ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [0] [1] [2] [3] T wrwr ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] T rdrd ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [2] [3] [4] [5] T ref ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Undef] [7.8 us] [3.9 us] T rfc ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [0] [1] [2] [3] [4] [RSVD] [RSVD] [RSVD] DRAM T ermination ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [75 ohms] [150 ohms] [50 ohms] Max Async Latency ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [0 ns] [1 ns] [2 ns] [3 ns]...[14 ns] [15 ns] R/W Queue Bypass ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [2x] [4x] [8x] [16x]
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-25 Dynamic Idle Cycle Counter ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Enabled] Idle Cycle Limit ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [0 cycles] [4 cycles] [8 cycles] [16 cycles] [32 cycles] [64 cycles] [128 cycles] [256 cycles] DCQ Bypass Maximum ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [0x] [1x] [2x] [3x]...[14x] [15x] DRAM Burst Length ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [64-byte] [32-byte] RdPadRcvFIFO Delay ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.5] [2] [2.5] [3] [3.5] Disable Jitter ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [OFF] [ON] DRAM Bank Interleaving ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Bank Swizzle Mode ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] DRAM T iming Control CKE Fine Delay ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [No delay] [1/64 MEMCLK delay] [2/64 MEMCLK delay] [3/64 MEMCLK delay] [4/64 MEMCLK delay] [5/64 MEMCLK delay]...[30/64 MEMCLK delay] [31/64 MEMCLK delay] CKE Setup T ime ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1/2 MEMCLK] [1 MEMCLK] CS/ODT Fine Delay ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [No delay] [1/64 MEMCLK delay] [2/64 MEMCLK delay] [3/64 MEMCLK delay] [4/64 MEMCLK delay] [5/64 MEMCLK delay]...[30/64 MEMCLK delay] [31/64 MEMCLK delay] CS/ODT Setup T ime ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1/2 MEMCLK] [1 MEMCLK] Address/Command Fine Delay ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [No delay] [1/64 MEMCLK delay] [2/64 MEMCLK delay] [3/64 MEMCLK delay] [4/64 MEMCLK delay] [5/64 MEMCLK delay]...[30/64 MEMCLK delay] [31/64 MEMCLK delay]
4-26 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Address/Command Setup T ime ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1/2 MEMCLK] [1 MEMCLK] Read DQS T iming Control ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [No delay] [1/64 MEMCLK delay] [2/64 MEMCLK delay] [3/64 MEMCLK delay] [4/64 MEMCLK delay] [5/64 MEMCLK delay]...[46/64 MEMCLK delay] [47/64 MEMCLK delay] Write Data T iming Control ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [No delay] [1/64 MEMCLK delay] [2/64 MEMCLK delay] [3/64 MEMCLK delay] [4/64 MEMCLK delay] [5/64 MEMCLK delay]...[46/64 MEMCLK delay] [47/64 MEMCLK delay] DQS Receiver Enable T iming ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [0 ps] [50 ps] [100 ps] [150 ps] [200 ps] [250 ps] [300 ps] [350 ps] [400 ps]...[8550 ps] [8600 ps] [8650 ps] [8700 ps] Output Driver Control CKE Drive Strength ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.00x] [1.25x] [1.50x] [2.00x] CS/ODT Drive Strength ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.00x] [1.25x] [1.50x] [2.00x] Add/CMD Drive Strength ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.00x] [1.25x] [1.50x] [2.00x] MEMCLK Drive Strength ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [0.75x] [1.00x] [1.25x] [1.50x] Data Drive Strength ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [0.75x] [1.00x] [1.25x] [1.50x] DQS Drive Strength ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [0.75x] [1.00x] [1.25x] [1.50x] DRAM Drivers Weak Mode ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Normal] [Weak] AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Function [Enabled] Enables or disables the AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet technology . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-27 4.4.5 Chipset F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Chipset CPU<->MCP55 HT Speed [5x] CPU<->MCP55 HT Width [ â 16 â 16] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced CPU<->MCP55 HT Speed [5x] Sets the processor and MCP55 HyperT ransport speed. ConîÂÂguration options: [1x] [2x] [3x] [4x] [5x] CPU<->MCP55 HT Width [ âÂÂ16 âÂÂ16] Allows you to set processor and MCP55 HyperT ransport speed. ConîÂÂguration options: [ â 8 â 8] [â 16 â 16]
4-28 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Select Yes if you are using a Plug and Play capable operating system. Select No if you need the BIOS to conî¿gure non-boot devices. PCIPnP Plug & Play O/S [No] Resources Controlled By [Auto] x IRQ Resources Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4.6 PCIPnP Plug & Play O/S [No] When set to [No], the BIOS conîÂÂgures all the devices in the system. When set to [Y es] and if you install a Plug and Play operating system, the operating system conîÂÂgures the Plug and Play devices not required for boot. ConîÂÂguration options: [No] [Y es] Resources Controlled By [Auto] When set to [Auto], the BIOS automatically conîÂÂgures all the boot and Plug and Play compatible devices. Set to [Manual] if you want to assign the IRQ DMA and memory base address îÂÂelds. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Manual] The item IRQ Resources becomes user-conîÂÂgurable when you set Resources Controlled By to [Manual]. IRQ Resources IRQ Resources IRQ-5 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-7 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-9 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-10 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-11 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-14 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-15 assigned to [PCI Device] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Legacy ISA for devices compliant with the original PC AT bus speciî¿cation, PCI/ISA PnP for devices compliant with the Plug and Play standard whether designed for PCI or ISA bus architecture. IRQ-xx assigned to When set to [PCI Device], the speciîÂÂc IRQ is free for use of PCI/PnP devices. When set to [Reserved], the IRQ is reserved for legacy ISA devices. ConîÂÂguration options: [PCI Device] [Reserved]
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-29 Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced IDE Function Setup This sub-menu contains IDE function-related items. Select an item then press <Enter> to edit. IDE Function Setup OnChip IDE Channel0 [Enabled] IDE DMA transfer access [Enabled] IDE Prefetch Mode [Enabled] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to set Onboard Device Conî¿guration IDE Function Setup Serial-ATA Conî¿guration USB Conî¿guration Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled] Onboard 1st nVidia LAN [Enabled] Onboard 2nd nVidia LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Primary Display Adapter [PCI-E slot] HD Audio [Auto] Front Panel Support Type [AC97] JMicron SATAII Controller [IDE] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Mode [EPP] x ECP Mode Use DMA 3 Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4.7 Onboard Device ConîÂÂguration OnChip IDE Channel0 [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip IDE channel 0 controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] IDE DMA transfer access [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the IDE DMA transfer access. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] IDE Prefetch Mode [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the IDE PIO read prefetch mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-30 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced Serial-A T A ConîÂÂguration This sub-menu allows you to change Serial A T A settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to edit. Serial-ATA Conî¿guration Serial-ATA Controller [Enabled] RAID Enabled [Disabled] x SATA 1 RAID Disabled x SATA 2 RAID Disabled x SATA 3 RAID Disabled x SATA 4 RAID Disabled x SATA 5 RAID Disabled x SATA 6 RAID Disabled Serial-A T A Controller [Enabled] Enables or disables the Serial A T A controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] RAID Enabled [Disabled] Enables or disables the onboard RAID controller . When set to [Enabled], the succeeding items become user-conîÂÂgurable. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] SA T A 1~6 RAID [Disabled] Enables or disables the RAID function of the SA T A 1~6 drives. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Enable or Disable the USB Controller. USB Conî¿guration USB Controller [Enabled] USB2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB Legacy support [Enabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced USB ConîÂÂguration The items in this menu allows you to change the USB-related features. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. USB Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip USB controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the USB 2.0 controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB Legacy Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable support for USB devices on legacy operating systems (OS). ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-31 Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled] Allows you to disable or enable the onboard 1394 device support. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Onboard 1st/2nd Nvidia LAN [Enabled] Enables or disables the onboard NVIDIA î LAN controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] OnBoard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard LAN boot ROM. ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Primary Display Adapter [PCI-E Slot] Allows you to select the graphics controller to use as the primary boot device. ConîÂÂguration options: [PCI Slot] [PCI-E slot] HD Audio [Auto] Allows you to disable or set the High-DeîÂÂnition audio function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] Front Panel Support T ype [AC97] Allows you to set the front panel audio support type. ConîÂÂguration options: [AC97] [HD Audio] JMicron SA T AII Controller [IDE] Allows you to disable or set the function of the extended SA T A II controller. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [IDE] [RAID] [AHCI] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Allows you to select the Serial Port1 base address. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [3F8/IRQ4] [2F8/IRQ3] [3E8/IRQ4] [2E8/IRQ3] [Auto] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Allows you to select the Parallel Port address. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [378/IRQ7] [278/IRQ5] [3BC/IRQ7] Parallel Port Mode [EPP] Allows you to select the Parallel Port mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Normal] [EPP] [ECP] [Bi-Directional] The âÂÂECP Mode Use DMAâ item becomes user-conîÂÂgurable when the â Parallel Port Modeâ item is set to [ECP] or [Bi-Directional] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] Allows selection of ECP Mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [1] [3]
4-32 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.5 Power menu The Power menu items allow you to change the settings for the Advanced ConîÂÂguration and Power Interface (ACPI) and the Advanced Power Management (APM). Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. 4.5.1 ACPI Suspend T ype [S1&S3] Allows you to select the Advanced ConîÂÂguration and Power Interface (ACPI) state to be used for system suspend. ConîÂÂguration options: [S1 (POS)] [S3(STR)] [S1&S3] 4.5.2 ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Advanced ConîÂÂguration and Power Interface (ACPI) support in the Application-SpeciîÂÂc Integrated Circuit (ASIC). When set to Enabled, the ACPI APIC table pointer is included in the RSDT pointer list. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to select whether or not to restart the system after AC power loss. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI APIC support [Enabled] APM Conî¿guration Hardware Monitor
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-33 4.5.3 APM ConîÂÂguration Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to select whether or not to restart the system after AC power loss. APM Conî¿guration Restore on AC Power Loss [Power-Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] Power On By PCI/PCIE Devices [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On by RTC Alarm [Disabled] x Date (of Month) Alarm 0 x Time (hh:mm:ss) Alarm 0 : 0 : 0 Power Up By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power Up By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power Restore on AC Power Loss [Power-Off] Allows you to enable or disable the Restore on AC Power Loss function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Power-Off] [Power-On] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] Allows you to set the event after the power button is pressed for more than 4 seconds. ConîÂÂguration options: [Suspend] [Instant-Off] Power On By PCI/PCIE Devices [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the PME to wake up from S5 by PCI or PCI Express devices and NV Onboard LAN. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] This allows either settings of [Enabled] or [Disabled] for powering up the computer when the external modem receives a call while the computer is in Soft-off mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit The computer cannot receive or transmit data until the computer and applications are fully running. Thus, connection cannot be made on the îÂÂrst try . T urning an external modem off and then back on while the computer is off causes an initialization string that turns the system power on.
4-34 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable RTC to generate a wake event. When this item is set to Enabled, the items Date of Month Alarm and T ime (hh:mm:ss) Alarm items become user-conîÂÂgurable with set values. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Date of Month Alarm [Disabled] T o set the date of alarm, highlight this item and press <Enter> to display the Date of Month Alarm pop-up menu. Key-in a value within the speciîÂÂed range then press <Enter>. ConîÂÂguration options: [Min=0] [Max=31] Time (hh:mm:ss) Alarm [Disabled] T o set the time of alarm: 1. Highlight this item and press <Enter> to display a pop-up menu for the hour îÂÂeld. 2. Key-in a value (Min=0, Max=23), then press <Enter>. 3. Press <T AB> to move to the minutes îÂÂeld then press <Enter>. 4. Key-in a minute value (Min=0, Max=59), then press <Enter>. 5. Press <T AB> to move to the seconds îÂÂeld then press <Enter>. 6. Key-in a value (Min=0, Max=59), then press <Enter>. Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to use the PS/2 mouse to turn on the system. This feature requires an A TX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Allows you to disable the Power On by PS/2 keyboard function or set speciîÂÂc keys on the PS/2 keyboard to turn on the system. This feature requires an A TX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Space Bar] [Ctrl-ESC] [Power Key]
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-35 2.5.4 Hardware Monitor The items in this sub-menu displays the hardware monitor values automatically detected by the BIOS. It also allows you to change CPU Q-Fan feature-related parameters. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. CPU Q-Fan Control [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the CPU Q-Fan controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The CPU Q-Fan ProîÂÂle item becomes user-conîÂÂgurable when you set the CPU Q-Fan Control item to [Enabled]. CPU Q-Fan ProîÂÂle [Performance] Allows you to set the appropriate performance level of the CPU Q-Fan. When set to [Optimal], the CPU fan automatically adjusts depending on the CPU temperature. Set this item to [Silent] to minimize fan speed for quiet CPU fan operation, or [Performance] to achieve maximum CPU fan speed. ConîÂÂguration options: [Performance] [Optimal] [Silent] Chassis Q-Fan Control [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the chassis Q-Fan controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to enable or disable. Hardware Monitor CPU Q-Fan Control [Disabled] x CPU Q-Fan Proî¿le Performance Chassis Q-Fan Control [Disabled] x Chassis Q-Fan Proî¿le Performance Vcore Voltage 1.47V 3.3V Voltage 3.15V 5V Voltage 5.05V 12V Voltage 11.58V CPU Temperature 48úC M/B Temperature 41úC CPU FAN Speed 3068 RPM CHA_FAN1 Speed 0 RPM CHA_FAN2 Speed 0 RPM CHA_FAN3 Speed 0 RPM CHA_FAN4 Speed 0 RPM PWR_FAN Speed 0 RPM CPU Fan Speed warning [ 800 RPM] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit
4-36 Chapter 4: BIOS setup The Chassis Q-Fan ProîÂÂle item becomes user-conîÂÂgurable when you set the Chassis Q-Fan Control item to [Enabled]. Chassis Q-Fan ProîÂÂle [Performance] Allows you to set the appropriate performance level of the chassis Q-Fan. When set to [Optimal], the chassis fan automatically adjusts depending on the chassis temperature. Set this item to [Silent] to minimize fan speed for quiet chassis fan operation, or [Performance] to achieve maximum chassis fan speed. ConîÂÂguration options: [Performance] [Optimal] [Silent] Vcore V oltage, 3.3V V oltage, 5V V oltage, 12V V oltage The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects the voltage output through the onboard voltage regulators. CPU T emperature, M/B T emperature The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the motherboard and CPU temperatures. These items are not user-conîÂÂgurable. CPU Fan Speed CHA_F AN1/2/3/4 Speed PWR_F AN Speed The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the CPU, Chassis, power , and Southbridge chip fan speeds in rotations per minute (RPM). If any of the fans is not connected to the motherboard, the îÂÂeld shows 0. These
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-37 4.6 Boot menu The Boot menu items allow you to change the system boot options. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Select Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Removable Drives Hard Disk Drives CDROM Drives Boot Settings Conî¿guration Security F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Select Your Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority 1st Boot Device [Removable] 2nd Boot Device [Hard Disk] 3rd Boot Device [CDROM] 4th Boot Device [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot 1st ~ 4th Boot Device [Removable] These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available devices. The number of device items that appears on the screen depends on the number of devices installed in the system. ConîÂÂguration options: [Removable] [Hard Disk] [CDROM] [Disabled]
4-38 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.6.2 Removable Drives 1. Floppy Disks Allows you to assign a removable drive attached to the system. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Removable Drives 1. Floppy Disks Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot 4.6.3 Hard Disk Drives 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX Allows you to assign hard disk drives attached to the system. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Hard Disk Drives 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot 4.6.4 CDROM Drives 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX Allows you to assign optical drives attached to the system. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help CDROM Drives 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-39 4.6.5 Boot Settings ConîÂÂguration F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to enable or disable. Boot Settings Conî¿guration Case Open Warning [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Disabled] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] x Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) 6 x Typematic Delay (Msec) 250 OS Select For DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Halt On [All Errors] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot Case Open W arning [Enabled] Enables or disables the chassis open status feature. Setting to Enabled, clears the chassis open status. Refer to section âÂÂ2.7.2 Internal connectorsâ for setting details. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the system quick boot feature. When Enabled, the system skips certain tests while booting. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Disabled] Enables or disables the îÂÂoppy seek feature while booting. Setting to Enabled, clears the chassis open status. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Allows you to select the power-on state for the NumLock. ConîÂÂguration options: [Off] [On] T ypematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Allows you to set the keystroke rate. Enable this item to conîÂÂgure the T ypematic Rate (Chars/Sec) and the T ypematic Delay (Msec). ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The items T ypematic Rate (Chars/Sec) and T ypematic Delay (Msec) become user-conîÂÂgurable only when the item T ypematic Rate Setting is enabled.
4-40 Chapter 4: BIOS setup T ypematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Allows you to select the rate at which a character repeats when you hold a key . ConîÂÂguration options: [6] [8] [10] [12] [15] [20] [24] [30] T ypematic Delay (Msec) [250] Allows you to set the delay before keystrokes begin to repeat. ConîÂÂguration options: [250] [500] [750] [1000] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] Set this item to OS2 only when you are running on an OS/2 operating system with an installed RAM of greater than 64 KB. ConîÂÂguration options: [Non-OS2] [OS2] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the full screen logo display feature. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Make sure that the above item is set to [Enabled] if you want to use the ASUS MyLogo2⢠feature. Halt On [All Errors] Allows you to error report type. ConîÂÂguration options: [All Errors] [No Errors] [All, But Keyboard] [All, But Diskette] [All, But Disk/Key] 4.6.6 Security Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Security Supervisor Password Clear User Password Clear Password Check [Setup] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot Supervisor Password User Password These îÂÂelds allow you to set passwords: T o set a password: 1. Select an item then press <Enter>. 2. T ype in a password using a combination of a maximum of eight (8) alpha- numeric characters, then press <Enter>.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-41 3. When prompted, conîÂÂrm the password by typing the exact characters again, then press <Enter>. The password îÂÂeld setting is changed to Set. T o clear the password: 1. Select the password îÂÂeld and press <Enter> twice. The following message appears: PASSWORD DISABLED !!! Press any key to continue... 2. Press any key to continue. The password îÂÂeld setting is changed to Clear . A note about passwords The Supervisor password is required to enter the BIOS Setup program preventing unauthorized access. The User password is required to boot the system preventing unauthorized use. Forgot your password? If you forget your password, you can clear it by erasing the CMOS Real T ime Clock (RTC) RAM. The RAM data containing the password information is powered by the onboard button cell battery . If you need to erase the CMOS RAM, refer to section âÂÂ2.6 Jumperâ for instructions. Password Check This îÂÂeld requires you to enter the password before entering the BIOS setup or the system. Select [Setup] to require the password before entering the BIOS Setup. Select [System] to require the password before entering the system. ConîÂÂguration options: [Setup] [System]
4-42 Chapter 4: BIOS setup The succeeding items become user-conîÂÂgurable when you enable the ASUS Music Alarm. 4.7 Tools menu The T ools menu items allow you to conîÂÂgure options for special functions. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help ASUS Music Alarm ASUS O.C. Proî¿le ASUS EZ Flash 2 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit 4.7.1 ASUS Music Alarm Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to select. ASUS Music Alarm ASUS Music Alarm [Disabled] x Alarm Date: Sunday Enabled x Monday Enabled x Tuesday Enabled x Wednesday Enabled x Thursday Enabled x Friday Enabled x Saturday Enabled x Alarm Time (hh:mm) 0 : 0 x Audio CD Drive Primary IDE Master x Detect CD Enter x Starting Track N/A x Repeat Track Disabled x Length 10 Mins x Volume 16 Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Tools F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit ASUS Music Alarm [Disabled Allows you to enable or disable the ASUS Music Alarm function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-43 Alarm Date: Sunday/Monday/T uesday/Wednesday/Thursday/Friday/ Saturday [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the alarm for a particular day . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Alarm Time (hh:mm) 0 : 0 Allows you to set the alarm time. Press <T ab> to select the îÂÂeld, then use < > or <-> to change the value. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Audio CD Drive [Primary IDE Master] Allows you to select the connection conîÂÂguration of the optical storage device from which the alarm music will play from. ConîÂÂguration options: [Primary IDE Master] [Primary IDE Slave] Detect CD Press <Enter> to search the CD track number . Starting T rack Allows you to choose the starting track from the CD from which you would like the alarm music to play . Repeat T rack [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the repeat track function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Single] [All] Length [10 Mins] Allows you to set the length of the music alarm. ConîÂÂguration options: [10 Mins] [20 Mins] [30 Mins] [1 Hour] V olume [16] Allows you to set the volume level of the music alarm. ConîÂÂguration options: [01] ~ [32] ⢠Only the IDE A T API devices from the chipset can support the Music Alarm function. ⢠When Music Alarm is enabled, the system needs standby power . Make sure that the power cord is plugged to a power source. ⢠Y ou can also set the alarm time from the operating system using the ASUS Music Alarm utility . See section âÂÂ5.3.6 ASUS Music Alarmâ for details. ⢠ASUS Music Alarm supports audio CDs only .
4-44 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.7.2 ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle This item allows you to store or load multiple BIOS settings. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to select. ASUS BIOS Proî¿le Load BIOS Proî¿le Save BIOS Proî¿le Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Tools Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Load BIOS Proî¿le from Proî¿le 1. Load BIOS Proî¿le Load from Proî¿le 1 Load from Proî¿le 2 Load from File Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Tools Load BIOS ProîÂÂle Load from ProîÂÂle 1/2 Allows you to load the previous BIOS settings saved in the BIOS Flash. Press <Enter> to load the îÂÂle. Load from File Allows you to load the previous BIOS îÂÂle saved in the hard disk, îÂÂoppy disk, or USB îÂÂash disk with a F A T32/16/12 format. T o load the BIOS îÂÂle: 1. Insert the storage device that contains the âÂÂxxx.CMOâ BIOS proîÂÂle. 2. T urn on the system. 3. Enter BIOS setup program. Go to T ools then select Load from File and press <Enter>. 4. Press <T ab> to select the drive with the BIOS proîÂÂle then press <Enter> to load îÂÂle. 5. Follow message screen when loading is îÂÂnished. Update only a BIOS îÂÂle coming from the same memory/CPU conîÂÂguration and BIOS version. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Load BIOS Proî¿le from Proî¿le 1. Load BIOS Proî¿le Load from Proî¿le 1 Load from Proî¿le 2 Load from File Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Tools
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-45 Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Save current BIOS Proî¿le to Proî¿le 1. Save BIOS Proî¿le Save to Proî¿le 1 Save to Proî¿le 2 Save to File Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Tools Save BIOS ProîÂÂle Save to ProîÂÂle 1/2 Allows you to save the current BIOS îÂÂle to the BIOS Flash. Press <Enter> to save the îÂÂle. Save to File Allows you to save the current BIOS îÂÂle to the hard disk, a îÂÂoppy , or USB îÂÂash disk with a F A T32/16/12 format. T o save the BIOS îÂÂle: 1. Insert the storage device with at least xxMB of available storage space. 2. T urn on the system. 3. Enter the BIOS setup program. Go to T ool then select Save to File and press <Enter>. 4. Press <T ab> to select the drive with the BIOS proîÂÂle then press <Enter> to load îÂÂle. 5. Follow message screen when loading is îÂÂnished. A pop-up message will inform you when the saving process is îÂÂnished. The BIOS îÂÂle will be saved as âÂÂxxx.CMOâÂÂ. ASUSTek O.C. Proî¿le Utility B311 BOARD: M2NSLI VER: 04241.bin DATE: 05/12/2006 Current CMOS Update CMOS BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown PATH: C:\M2N320C A: C: Note [Enter] Select [Y] Yes [N/Eec] No [Left/Right]: Switch WINDOWS <DIR> M2N32 <DIR> DOCUME"1 <DIR> PROGRA"1 <DIR> SYSTEM"1 <DIR> M2NSLI <DIR> RECYCLED <DIR> TEST_REB <DIR> BOOTFONT.BIN 213830 2001-09-05 20:00:00 CMOS backup is done! Press any key to Exit.
4-46 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.7.4 ASUS EZ Flash 2 Allows you to run ASUS EZ Flash 2. Press <Enter> to start EZ Flash 2 then from the conîÂÂrmation screen, use the left or right arrows to select [Y es] or [No] then press <Enter>. The following screen appears if you select [Y es]. Follow screen instructions to îÂÂash the BIOS. ASUSTek EZ Flash 2 BIOS ROM Utility B311 FLASH TYPE: Winbond W39V080A 8Mb LPC BOARD: M2NSLI Deluxe VER: 0122.bin DATE: 05/12/2006 Current ROM Update ROM BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown PATH: C:\M2N320C A: C: Note [Enter] Select [S] Save [ESC] Exit [Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move WIN98SE <DIR> NETTERM <DIR> DRIVERS <DIR> RECYCLED <DIR> WUTEMP <DIR> NEWFOL~1 <DIR> INSTALL <DIR> TEST_REB <DIR> MSDOWNLD.TMP <DIR>
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 4-47 4.8 Exit menu The Exit menu items allow you to load the optimal or failsafe default values for the BIOS items, and save or discard your changes to the BIOS items. Exit & Save Changes Once you are îÂÂnished making your selections, choose this option from the Exit menu to ensure the values you selected are saved to the CMOS RAM. An onboard backup battery sustains the CMOS RAM so it stays on even when the PC is turned off. When you select this option, a conîÂÂrmation window appears. Select YES to save changes and exit. Pressing <Esc> does not immediately exit this menu. Select one of the options from this menu or <F10> from the legend bar to exit. Exit & Discard Changes Select this option only if you do not want to save the changes that you made to the Setup program. If you made changes to îÂÂelds other than System Date, System T ime, and Password, the BIOS asks for a conîÂÂrmation before exiting. Load Setup Defaults This option allows you to load the default values for each of the parameters on the Setup menus. When you select this option or if you press <F5>, a conîÂÂrmation window appears. Select YES to load default values. Select Exit & Save Changes or make other changes before saving the values to the non-volatile RAM. Discard Changes This option allows you to discard the selections you made and restore the previously saved values. After selecting this option, a conîÂÂrmation appears. Select YES to discard any changes and load the previously saved values. If you attempt to exit the Setup program without saving your changes, the program prompts you with a message asking if you want to save your changes before exiting. Press <Enter> to save the changes while exiting. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help This option save data to CMOS and exiting the setup menu. Exit & Save Changes Exit & Discard Changes Load Setup Default Discard Changes F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit
4-48 Chapter 4: BIOS setup
5 Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe Chapter summary 5 5.1 Installing an operating system ................................................... 5-1 5.2 Support CD information .............................................................. 5-1 5.3 Software information ................................................................... 5-8 5.4 RAID conîÂÂgurations .................................................................. 5-28 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ....................................................... 5-45
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-1 If Autorun is NOT enabled in your computer , browse the contents of the support CD to locate the îÂÂle ASSETUP .EXE from the BIN folder . Double-click the ASSETUP .EXE to run the CD. Click an item to install 5.1 Installing an operating system This motherboard supports Windows î 2000/XP/64-bit XP operating systems (OS). Always install the latest OS version and corresponding updates to maximize the features of your hardware. 5.2 Support CD information The support CD that came with the motherboard package contains the drivers, software applications, and utilities that you can install to avail all motherboard features. 5.2.1 Running the support CD Place the support CD to the optical drive. The CD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer . ⢠Motherboard settings and hardware options vary . Use the setup procedures presented in this chapter for reference only . Refer to your OS documentation for detailed information. ⢠Make sure that you install Windows î 2000 Service Pack 4 or the Windows î XP Service Pack2 or later versions before installing the drivers for better compatibility and system stability . The contents of the support CD are subject to change at any time without notice. Visit the ASUS website(www.asus.com) for updates. Click an icon to display support CD/motherboard information
5-2 Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.2 Drivers menu The drivers menu shows the available device drivers if the system detects installed devices. Install the necessary drivers to activate the devices. Nvidia Chipset Driver Program Installs the NVIDIA î Chipset drivers for the NVIDIA î nForce⢠570 SLI chipset. AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Driver Installs the AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠technology driver . SoundMAX ADI1988 Audio Driver Installs the SoundMAX î ADI1988 audio driver and application. JMicron JMB35X RAID Controller Driver Installs the JMicron î JMB363 Serial A T A RAID controller driver . USB 2.0 Driver Installs the Universal Serial Bus 2.0 (USB 2.0) driver .
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-3 5.2.3 Utilities menu The Utilities menu shows the applications and other software that the motherboard supports. ASUS Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Utility Installs the AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠software. ASUS PC Probe II This smart utility monitors the fan speed, CPU temperature, and system voltages, and alerts you of any detected problems. This utility helps you keep your computer in healthy operating condition. ASUS Update The ASUS Update utility allows you to update the motherboard BIOS in Windows î environment. This utility requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP). ADOBE Acrobat V7.0 Installs the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader that allows you to open, view , and print documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Installs the Microsoft î DirectX 9.0c driver . The Microsoft DirectX î 9.0c is a multimedia technology that enhances computer graphics and sound. DirectX î improves the multimedia features of you computer so you can enjoy watching TV and movies, capturing videos, or playing games in your computer . Visit the Microsoft website (www .microsoft.com) for updates.
5-4 Chapter 5: Software support ASUS AI Booster The ASUS AI Booster application allows you to overclock the CPU speed in Windows î environment. ASUS AI Nap The ASUS AI Nap application allows you to minimize the power consumption of your computer whenever you are away . ASUS AI Gear The ASUS AI Gear application provides system performance options that allows you to select the best performance for your computing needs. Anti-virus Utility The anti-virus application scans, identiîÂÂes, and removes computer viruses. View the online help for detailed information. ASUS Screen Saver Bring life to your computer screen by installing the ASUS screen saver . 5.2.4 Make Disk menu The Make Disk menu contains items to create the NVIDIA î nForce⢠570 SLI or JMicron î JMB363 SA T A/P A T A RAID driver disk.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-5 Make nVidia 32bit SA T A RAID Driver Make nVidia 64bit SA T A RAID Driver Allows you to create an NVIDIA î Serial A T A RAID driver disk for a 32-bit/64-bit system. Make JMicron JMB363 RAID Driver Disk Allows you to create a JMicron î JMB363 RAID driver disk. 5.2.5 Manuals menu The Manuals menu contains a list of supplementary user manuals. Click an item to open the folder of the user manual. Most user manual îÂÂles are in Portable Document Format (PDF). Install the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader from the Utilities menu before opening a user manual îÂÂle.
5-6 Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.6 ASUS Contact information Click the Contact tab to display the ASUS contact information. Y ou can also îÂÂnd this information on the inside front cover of this user guide. 5.2.7 Other information The icons on the top right corner of the screen give additional information on the motherboard and the contents of the support CD. Click an icon to display the speciîÂÂed information. Motherboard Info Displays the general speciîÂÂcations of the motherboard.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-7 Browse this CD Displays the support CD contents in graphical format. T echnical support Form Displays the ASUS T echnical Support Request Form that you have to îÂÂll out when requesting technical support.
5-8 Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.1 Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠T echnology The motherboard supports the AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠T echnology that dynamically a n d a u t o m a t i c a l l y c h a n g e t h e C P U s p e e d , v o l t a g e , a n d a m o u n t o f p o w e r depending on the task the CPU performs. Enabling Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠T echnology T o enable Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠T echnology: 1. T u rn on the sy stem and ent er BIOS by p ressing the <Del> ke y d uring the Power On Self-T ests (POST). 2. Go to Advanced -> CPU ConîÂÂguration -> AMD K8 Cool âÂÂnâÂÂQuiet Control and set it to [Enabled]. See section âÂÂ4.4 Advanced Menu.â 3. In the Power menu, select the item ACPI 2.0 Support and set it to [Enabled]. See section âÂÂ4.5 Power Menu.â 4. Save your changes and exit BIOS Setup. 5. Reboot your computer and set your Power Option Properties depending on your operating system. Windows î 2000/XP 1. From the Windows î 2000/XP operating system, click the Start button. Select Settings, then Control Panel. 2. Make sure the Control Panel is set to Classic View . 3. D o u b l e - c l i c k t h e D i s p l a y i c o n i n t h e C o n t r ol P a n e l t he n s e l e ct t he Screen Saver tab. 4. C l i c k t h e P o w e r . . . b u t t o n . T h e following dialog box appears. 5. F r o m t h e P o we r s c he m e s c o m b o l i s t b o x , s e l e c t M i n i m a l P o w e r Management. 6. Click OK to effect settings. Mak e su re t o in stall th e Co ol â nâ Q u ie t ! ⢠d r i v e r a n d a p p l i ca t i o n before using this feature. 5.3 Software information Most of the applications in the support CD have wiza rds that will conveniently guide you through the installation. View the online help or readme îÂÂle that came with the software application for more information.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-9 Windows î 98 SE/Me 1. From the Windows î 98 SE/Me operating system, click the Start button. Select Settings, then Control Panel. 2. Do ub le -c li ck t he D is pl ay i co n in the Control Panel then select the Screen Saver tab. 3. From the Energy saving features o f m o n i t o r g r o u p , c l i c k t h e Settings... button. ⢠Make sure to install the AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠driver and application before using this feature. ⢠The AMD Co ol â nâ Q uiet !⢠t echno logy fea ture wor ks o nly wit h th e AMD heatsink and fan assembly with monitor chip ⢠If yo u pu rch ased a sep ara te h eat sink an d f an p acka ge, us e th e AS US Q -F a n t e c hn o lo g y f e a tu r e t o a ut o m at i ca l l y a d ju s t t h e C P U f a n s p e ed according to your system loading. 4. F r o m t h e P o w e r O p t i o n s P r o p e r t i e s d i a l o g b o x , s e l e c t t h e A M D â s C o o l â n â Q u i e t ( t m ) T echnology tab. 5. C l i c k t h e P e r f o r m a n c e c o m b o l i s t b o x t o s e l e c t d e s i r e d m od e . A ut o m at i c M od e i s t h e recommended setting. 6. Click OK to effect settings.
5-10 Chapter 5: Software support Launching the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠software The motherboard support CD includes the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠software that enables you to view your systemâÂÂs real-time CPU Frequency and voltage. T o launch the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠program: 1. If you are using Windows î 98SE/Me/2000, click the Start button. Select Programs-> ASUS -> Cool & Quiet -> Cool & Quiet. 2. If you are using Windows î XP , click the Start button. Select All Programs-> ASUS -> Cool & Quiet -> Cool & Quiet. 3. The Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠technology screen appears and displays the current CPU Frequency and CPU V oltage. Make sure to install the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠software from the motherboard support CD. Refer to section âÂÂ5.2.3 Utilities menuâ for details.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-11 5.3.2 ASUS PC Probe II PC Probe II is a utility that monitors the computerâÂÂs vital components, and detects and a lerts y ou of an y p roblem with t hese co mponen ts. PC P robe II sense s fan ro tat ions , CPU tem per atu re, a nd sy ste m vol tag es, a mon g o the rs. B eca use P C Probe II i s so ftware-based, you can start mo nitoring your com puter the moment you turn it on. With this utility , you are assured that your computer is always at a healthy operating condition. Installing PC Probe II T o install PC Probe II on your computer: 1. Place the support CD to the optical drive. The Drivers installation tab appears if your computer has an enabled Autorun feature. If Autorun is not enabled in your computer , browse the contents of the support CD to locate the setup.exe îÂÂle from the ASUS PC Probe II folder . Double-click the setup.exe îÂÂle to start installation. 2. Click the Utilities tab, then click ASUS PC Probe II. 3. Follow the screen instructions to complete installation. Launching PC Probe II Y ou can launch the PC Probe II right after installation or anytime from the Windows î desktop. T o launch the PC Probe II from the Windows î desktop, click Start > All Programs > ASU S > PC Pr obe I I > PC Pr obe I I v 1.00 .43. Th e PC Pr obe I I m ain w indo w appears. Af ter l aunc hin g t he ap pli cati on, t he PC Pro be II i con a ppe ars i n the W ind ows î taskbar . Click this icon to close or restore the application. Using PC Probe II Main window The PC Pro be II mai n wi ndow allo ws you to vie w the cur rent sta tus of your syst em a n d c h a n g e t h e u t i l i t y c o n f i g u r a t i on . By d ef au lt, t he ma in w in do w d is pl ay s the Preferenc e se ction. Y ou can close o r r e s t or e t he P r e fe r e n ce s e c ti o n b y c l i c k i n g o n t h e t r i a n g l e o n t h e m a i n win dow ri ght ha ndle. C l i c k t o c l o s e t h e Preference panel
5-12 Chapter 5: Software support Button Function Opens the ConîÂÂguration window Opens the Report window Opens the Desktop Management Interface window Opens the Peripheral Component Interconnect window Opens the Windows Management Instrumentation window Opens the hard disk drive, memory , CPU usage window Shows/Hides the Preference section Minimizes the application Closes the application Sensor alert When a system sensor detects a problem, the main window right handle turns red, as the illustrations below show . Wh en di spla yed , the mon ito r p ane l for tha t sen sor a lso t urn s r ed. Ref er to t he Monitor panels section for details. Preferences Yo u c a n c u s t o m i z e t h e a p p l i c a t i o n u s i n g t h e P r e f e r e n c e s e c t i o n i n t h e m a i n w i n d o w. C l i c k t h e b o x b e f o r e e a c h p r e f e r e n c e t o a c t i v a t e o r deactivate.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-13 Changing the monitor panels position T o c hange the p ositi on of t he mon itor p anel s i n the d eskto p, cli ck the arrow do wn bu tton of the Scheme opt ions, then select anoth er position from the list box. Click OK when îÂÂnished. Moving the monitor panels All monitor panels move together using a magnetic effect. If you want to detach a monitor panel from the group, click the horseshoe magnet icon. Y ou can now move or reposition the panel independently . Hardware monitor panels The hardware monitor panels display the current value of a system sensor such as fan rotation, CPU temperature, and voltages. The hardware monitor panels come in two display modes: hexagonal (large) and rectangular (small). When you check the Enable Monitoring Panel option from the Preference section, the monitor panels appear on your computerâÂÂs desktop. Large display Small display C l i c k t o i n c r e a s e value Click to decrease value Adjusting the sensor threshold value Y ou can adjust the sensor threshold value i n th e m on i to r p a ne l b y cl i ck i ng th e o r buttons. Y ou can also adjust the threshold values using the ConîÂÂg window . Y ou c a nn o t a dj u st t h e s en s or t h re sh o ld va lue s i n a s ma ll mon it or ing pa nel .
5-14 Chapter 5: Software support Monitoring sensor alert The monitor panel turns red when a component value exceeds or is lower than the threshold value. Refer to the illustrations below . Large display Small display WMI browser C l i c k t o d i s p l a y t h e W M I ( W i n d o w s M a n a g e m e n t I n s t r u m e n t a t i o n ) b r o w s e r . T h i s b r o w s e r d i s p l a y s v a r i o u s W i n d o w s î m an a ge m en t i nf o rm a ti o n. C l ic k a n ite m f rom th e left pane l to di splay o n the right panel. Click the plus sign ( ) before WMI Information to display the available information. Y ou can enlarge or reduce the browser size by dragging the bottom right corner of the browser . DMI browser C l i c k t o d i s p l a y t h e D M I ( D e s k t o p M a n a g e m e n t I n t e r f a c e ) browser . This browser displays various d e s k t o p a n d s y s t e m i n f o r m a t i o n . C l i c k t h e p l u s s i g n ( ) b e f o r e D M I I n f o r ma t i o n t o d i s p l a y t h e a v a i la b l e information.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-15 PCI browser C l i c k t o d i s p l a y t h e P C I ( Pe ri ph e ra l Co m po ne nt In t er co nn e ct ) b r o w s e r . T h i s b r o w s e r p r o v i d e s information on the PCI devices installed o n y o u r s y s t e m . C l i c k t h e p l u s s i g n ( ) b efore the PC I Info rmati on item to display available information. Usage The Usa ge bro wser dis play s r eal- time inf orma tion o n the C PU, h ard di sk dr ive space, and memory usage. Click to display the Usage browser . CPU usage T he C PU ta b d is pl a ys r e al -t im e C PU u s a g e i n l i n e g r a p h r e p r e s e n t a t i o n . I f t h e C P U h a s a n e n a b l e d H y p e r - - Th re ad in g , t w o s e pa ra te l i ne g ra ph s display the operation of the two logical processors. Hard disk drive space usage T he H ar d D is k t ab d i sp la y s t h e us e d a n d a v a il a b l e h a r d d is k d r i ve s p a ce . The left panel of the tab lists all logical drives. Click a hard disk drive to display the information on the right panel. The pie char t at th e bott om of t he win dow r e p r e s e n t s t h e u s e d ( b l u e ) a n d t h e available HDD space.
5-16 Chapter 5: Software support Memory usage T h e M e m o r y t a b s h o w s b o t h u s e d a nd a va i la b l e ph y s ic a l m em o r y . T he pie chart at the bottom of t he wi ndow r e p r e s e n t s t h e u s e d ( b l u e ) a n d t h e available physical memory . ConîÂÂguring PC Probe II Click to view and adjust the sensor threshold values. The ConîÂÂg window has two tabs: Sensor/Threshold and Preference. The Sensor/ Threshold tab enables you to activate the sensors or to adjust the sensor threshold values. The Preference tab allows you to customize sensor alerts, or change the temperature scale. Loads the default threshold values for each sensor Applies your changes Cancels or ignores your changes L o a d s y o u r s a v e d co nî gur at ion S a v e s y o u r conîÂÂguration
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-17 5.3.3 ASUS Music Alarm This motherboard is equipped with an audio alarm clock called ASUS Music Alarm. The ASUS Music Alarm gives you a personal wake-up called with your favorite CD music when the system is off. The onboard audio CODEC supports this feature, which requires an optical drive (CD-ROM, CD-RW , or DVD-ROM). ⢠Make sure that the power cord is plugged to a grounded power source so that the system has standby power . ⢠ASUS Music Alarm only supports audio CDs. ⢠ASUS Music Alarm will not work if you installed and enabled an add-on sound card. ⢠Only IDE A T API devices from the Southbridge support this feature. Hardware setup T o set up the hardware: 1. Connect the analog audio cable from the optical drive to the 4-pin CD-In connector labeled CD on the motherboard. See section âÂÂ2.x.x Internal connectorsâ for the connector location. 2. Connect speakers or a headphone to the Line-Out (lime-colored) port on the front or rear panel for audio output. Y ou may also connect speakers or a headphone to the output jack on the optical drive. 3. Refer to the succeeding sections to make the appropriate settings in the BIOS or in Windows î . BIOS conîÂÂguration T o enable ASUS Music Alarm in the BIOS: 1. T urn on the system. 2. During POST , press <Del> to enter BIOS setup. 3. Go to the T ools menu, then select ASUS Music Alarm . 4. Set the ASUS Music Alarm item to [Enabled]. See section âÂÂ4.7.1 ASUS Music Alarmâ for details.
5-18 Chapter 5: Software support OS conîÂÂguration T o conîÂÂgure ASUS Music Alarm in Windows î 1. Place the support CD into the optical drive. 2. Click the Utilities tab and choose ASUS Music Alarm to install the utility . 3. Insert an audio CD into the optical drive. 4. Launch the ASUS Music Alarm application by going to Start > ASUS > ASUS Music Alarm . The main window appears. Alarm information section shows the alarm time and days Music section shows the drive letter of the chosen optical drive and the starting track number to use as music alarm Minimize button Exit button Options section shows playing options 5. Click the arrow ( ) next to Time for Next Alarm in the Alarm information section. The Alarm T ime Setting panel appears. Set the days and time of the alarm, or enable/disable the Music Alarm feature. When done, click OK. 6. Click the arrow ( ) next to Music in the Music section. The Music Selection panel appears. Select the optical storage device, then choose the starting CD track number from which you would like the music alarm to play . When done, click OK.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-19 7. Click the arrow ( ) next to Options in the Options section. The Options panel appears. Disable or select the Repeat mode, then specify the length of the alarm music to play . Set the desired volume. When done, click OK. 8. After you have îÂÂnished making all the required settings, turn off the system. Adjusting the volume T o adjust the volume while the music alarm is playing: ⢠Use the <Up> or <Down> arrow key to increase or decrease the volume. T urning off the music alarm T o turn off the music alarm: ⢠Press any key to stop playing the CD and turn off the system. ⢠While the music alarm is playing, the system wake-up features (LAN, keyboard, mouse, PCI/PCIE device, modem) are deactivated. ⢠If the system loses connection or if it does not detect any optical drive or audio CD, the ASUS Music Alarm is automatically disabled/turned off. ⢠While the music alarm is playing, the optical drive front panel functions are automatically disabled. ⢠The ASUS Music Alarm works only when the system is off.
5-20 Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.4 ASUS AI Nap This feature allows you to minimize the power consumption of your computer whenever you are away . Enable this feature for minimum power consumption and a more quiet system operation. After installing AI Nap from the bundled support CD, you can launch the utility by double-clicking the AI Nap icon on the Windows OS taskbar . Click Y es on the conîÂÂrmation screen. T o exit AI Nap mode, press the system power or mouse button then click Y es on the conîÂÂrmation screen.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-21 5.3.5 ASUS AI Gear ASUS AI Gear provides four system performance options that allows you to select the best performance setting for your computing needs. This easy-to-use utility adjusts the processor frequency and vCore voltage to minimize system noise and power consumption. After installing AI Gear from the bundled support CD, you can launch AI Gear by double-clicking the AI Gear icon on your Windows OS taskbar . Shift the gear to the performance setting that you like. Maximum Performance Medium Performance High Performance Maximum Power Saving
5-22 Chapter 5: Software support Y ou can also set the AI Gear modes by clicking the AI Gear icon on the Windows taskbar . ⢠When AI Gear is enabled, the system will automatically optimize the CPU and chassis fan speed according to the system loading. ⢠The AI Booster (AI NOS) and AI Gear functions cannot be enabled simultaneously .
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-23 5.3.6 SoundMAX î High DeîÂÂnition Audio utility T h e A D I A D1 9 8 8 B H ig h D e f i ni t i o n A u d io C OD E C p r o vi d e s 8 -c h a n n el a u d i o c ap a bi l i ty t h ro u gh t he S o un d MA X î a ud i o u ti l it y w i th A u di o ES P ⢠s of t wa r e t o deliver the ultimate audio experience on your PC. The software implements high quality audio synthesis/rendering, 3D sound positioning, and advanced voice-input technologies. Fol low t he ins tall atio n wiza rd to i nsta ll th e AD I AD 1988 B A udio D rive r from the support CD that came with the motherboard package to activate the SoundMAX î audio utility . If the Soun dMAX î audio utili ty is correctly instal led, you will îÂÂnd the SoundMAX î icon on the taskbar . ⢠Y ou must use 4-channel, 6-channel or 8-channel speakers for this setup. ⢠SoundMAX î requires Microsoft î Windows î 2000/XP or later version. Make s ur e t h at o ne o f t h es e o p er at i ng s ys t em s i s in s ta ll e d b e fo re i ns t al li n g SoundMAX î . ⢠Jack Retaski ng func tion wo rks on High Deî nition front panel audio por ts only .
5-24 Chapter 5: Software support From the taskbar , double-click on the SoundMAX î icon to display the SoundMAX î Control Panel. Audio Setup Wizard B y cl i ck i ng t h e ic o n fr o m t he S o un d MA X î c on t ro l p an e l, yo u c an ea s il y conî gure your audio s ettings . S imply fol low succ eeding sc reen ins truction s and begin enjoying High DeîÂÂnition Audio.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-25 Jack conîÂÂguration This screen helps you conîÂÂgure your computerâÂÂs audio ports, depending on the audio devices you have installed. Adjust speaker volume This screen helps you adjust speaker volume. Click the T est button to hear the changes you have made. Adjust microphone volume This screen helps you adjust microphone volume. Y ou will be asked to read pre-written text to allow the AudioWizard to adjust the volume as you speak.
5-26 Chapter 5: Software support Audio preferences Click the icon to go to the Preferences page. This page allows you to change various audio settings. General options Cl ick t he G ene ral t ab to cho ose you r pl ayb ack a nd re cor din g de vice s, e nab le/ disable the AudioESP⢠feature, and enable/disable digital output. Microphone options Click the Listening Environment tab allows you to optimize your microphone input settings.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-27 Enhanced Microphone Features V oice recording Enab les Noi se Filt er func tion. D etects repe titive and st ationa ry nois es like computer fans, air conditioners, and other background noises then eliminates it in the incoming sudio stream while recording. Y ou can enable it for a better recording quality . Directional Array Re ce ive s on ly t he s oun d co mi ng fr om t he r ec ept io n c on e an d el imi na tes int erfe renc es in clud ing ne ighb orin g spe aker s a nd re verb erat ions . Y o u c an enable it to transit clearer sound during on-line games, MSN, or Skype. Speaker Phone Advanced de-reverberation techniques can help to reduce echo and mnimize its effect on the speech engine. Y ou can enable it when you have conference call to reduce echoes in the other side. T h e d i r e c t i o n a l A r r a y a n d S p e a k e r P h o n e function only when working with the ASUS Array Nic.
5-28 Chapter 5: Software support 5.4 RAID conî¿gurations The m otherb oard co mes wit h the NV IDIA î nFo rce⢠57 0 S LI Mul tiShie ld⢠and JMicro î JMB363 RAID controllers that allow you to conîÂÂgure Serial A T A hard disk drives as RAID sets. The motherboard supports the following RAID conîÂÂgurations. RAID 0 ( Data striping ) optimizes two identical hard disk drives to read and write data in parallel, interleaved stacks. T wo hard disks perform the same work as a single drive but at a sustained data transfer rate, double that of a single disk alone, thus improving data access and storage. Use of two new identical hard disk drives is required for this setup. RAID 1 ( Data mirroring ) copies and maintains an identical image of data from one dri ve to a s econd driv e. If o ne dri ve fai ls, the disk arra y mana geme nt soft ware di rec ts al l app lic ati ons to t he su rvi vin g dri ve a s i t co ntai ns a c omp let e cop y of the data in the other drive. This RAID conîÂÂguration provides data protection and i nc re as es fa ul t t ol er an c e t o t he e n ti re s ys t em . Us e t wo n ew d r iv es o r u se a n existing drive and a new drive for this setup. The new drive must be of the same size or larger than the existing drive. RAID 0 1 is data striping and data mirroring combined without parity (redundancy data) having to be calculated and written. With the RAID 0 1 conîÂÂguration you get all the beneîÂÂts of both RAID 0 and RAID 1 conîÂÂgurations. Use four new hard disk drives or use an existing drive and three new drives for this setup. R A I D 5 s t r i p e s b o t h d a t a a n d p a r i t y i n f o r m a t i o n a c r o s s t h r e e o r m o r e h a r d d i s k d r i v e s . A m o n g t h e a d v a n t a g e s o f R A I D 5 c o n f i g u r a t i o n i n c l u d e b e t t e r H D D p e r f o r m a n c e , f a u l t t o l e r a n c e , a n d h i g h e r s t o r a g e c a p a c i t y. T h e R A I D 5 c on f ig u r at i on i s b e st s u it e d f or t r an s ac t io n p r oc e ss i ng , r el a t io n al d a ta b as e appl ication s, ente rprise r esource plann ing, an d other b usines s s ystems . U se a minimum of three identical hard disk drives for this setup. JBOD ( Spanning ) stands for Just a Bunch of Disks and refers to hard disk drives that are not yet conîÂÂgured as a RAID set. This conîÂÂguration stores the same data redundantly on multiple disks that appear as a single disk on the operating system. Spanning does not deliver an y advantage over using separ ate disks independently and does not provide fault tolerance or other RAID performance beneîÂÂts.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-29 5.4.1 Installing hard disks The motherboard supports Serial A T A hard disk drives. For optimal performance, install identical drives of the same model and capacity when creating a disk array . Installing Serial A T A (SA T A) hard disks T o install the SA T A hard disks for a RAID conîÂÂguration: 1. Install the SA T A hard disks into the drive bays. 2. Connect the SA T A signal cables. 3. Connect a SA T A power cable to the power connector on each drive . If you want to boot the system from a hard disk drive included in a RAID set, copy îÂÂrst the RAID driver from the support CD to a îÂÂoppy disk before you install an operating system to a selected hard disk drive. Refer to section âÂÂ5.6 Creating a RAID driver diskâ for details. Refer to the RAID controllers user manual in the motherboard support CD for detailed information on RAID conîÂÂgurations. See section âÂÂ5.2.4 Manuals menu.âÂÂ
5-30 Chapter 5: Software support 5.4.2 NVIDIA î MediaShield⢠RAID conîÂÂgurations The motherboard includes a high performance SA T A RAID controller integrated in the NVIDIA î nForce⢠570 SLI southbridge chipset. It supports RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, RAID 5 and JBOD for six independent Serial A T A channels. Setting the BIOS RAID items After installing the hard disk drives, make sure to set the necessary RAID items in the BIOS before setting your RAID conîÂÂguration. T o set the BIOS RAID items: 1. Boot the system and press <Del> during the Power-On Self-T est (POST) to enter the BIOS Setup Utility . 2. From the Ma in > IDE C onîÂÂgur ation me nu item in the BIOS se t the nVid ia RAID Function item to Enabled. 3. Select and enable the SA T A drive(s) that you want to conîÂÂgure as RAID. See section âÂÂ4.3.6 IDE ConîÂÂgurationâ for details. 4. Save your changes and Exit Setup. ⢠For detailed descriptions on the NVIDIAî RAID conîÂÂguration, refer to the âÂÂN VIDI A î Med iaSh iel d RA ID Use râÂÂs Ma nual â fo und in y our mot her boar d support CD. ⢠Wh en u si ng Wi nd ow s 2 00 0 o pe ra tin g s ys te m, m ake s ur e t o i ns ta ll th e Windows 2000 Service Pack 4 or later versions. M a k e s u r e t o r e - en t e r y ou r N V R A ID s e t t i ng s a f t er t h e C M OS i s c l ea r e d ; otherwise, the system will not recognize your RAID setup.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-31 Entering the NVIDIA î MediaShield RAID utility T o enter the NVIDIA î RAID utility: 1. Boot up your computer . 2. During POST , press <F10> to display the main menu of the utility . The RAID BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference only , and may not exactly match the items on your screen. [F6] Back [F7] Finish [TAB] Navigate [ âÂÂâ ] Select [ENTER] Popup At the bottom of the screen are the navigation keys. These keys allow you to move through and select menu options. NVIDIA RAID Utility Oct 5 2004 - Deî¿ne a New Array - RAID Mode: Striping Striping Block: Optimal Free Disks Array Disks Loc Disk Model Name Loc Disk Model Name 1.0.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 1.1.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX [ â ] Add 2.0.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 2.1.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX [ â ] Del Creating a RAID V olume T o create a RAID volume: 1. From the NVIDIA î RAID utility DeîÂÂne a New Array menu, select RAID Mode then press <Enter>. The following submenu appears. Use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID mode then press <Enter>. Mirroring Striping Stripe Mirroring Spanning
5-32 Chapter 5: Software support TIP: For ser ver sy stems, we recom mend u sing a l ower a rray block size . For mu lt im ed ia co mp ut er sy st em s u se d m ai nl y f or au di o a nd v id eo ed it in g, we recommend a higher array block size for optimum performance. T ake caution in using this option. All data on the RAID drives will be lost! 2. P r e s s < TA B > s e l e c t t h e S t r i p i n g B l o c k t h e n p r e s s < E n t e r > . T h e following submenu appears: If you selected Striping or Stripe Mirroring, use the up or down arrow keys to select the stripe size for your RAID 0 array then press <Enter>.The available values range from 8 KB to 128 KB. The default selection is 128 KB. The strip value should be chosen based on the planned drive usage. ⢠8 /16 KB - low disk usage ⢠64 KB - typical disk usage ⢠128 KB - performance disk usage 3.` Press <T AB> to select the Free Disks area. Use the left or right arrow keys to assign the array disks. 4. Press <F7> to create RAID set. The following message box appears. Clear disk data? [Y] YES [N] 5. Press <Y> to clear the selected disks or <N> to proceed without clearing the disks. The following screen appears. 8K â 16K 32K 64K 128K Optim âÂÂ
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-33 Rebuilding a RAID array T o rebuild a RAID array: 1. From the Array List menu, use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array then press <Enter>. The RAID Array details appear . [Ctrl-X]Exit [ âÂÂâ ]Select [B]Set Boot [N]New Array [ENTER]Detail NVIDIA RAID Utility Oct 5 2004 - Array List - Boot Id Status Vendor Array Model Name No 4 Healthy NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 6. Press <Ctrl X> to save settings and exit. [R] Rebuild [D] Delete [C] Clear Disk [ENTER] Return Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Array Detail - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB
5-34 Chapter 5: Software support A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 2. Press <R> to rebuild a RAID array . The following screen appears. 3. Use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array to rebuild, then press <F7>. The following conîÂÂrmation message appears. [ âÂÂâ ] Select [F6] Back [F7] Finish Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Select Disk Inside Array - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB Rebuild array? [ENTER] OK [ESC] Cancel 4. Press <Enter> to start rebuilding array or press <Esc> to cancel. 5. After the rebuild process, the Array list menu appears.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-35 Deleting a RAID array T o delete a RAID array: 1. From the Array List menu, use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array then press <Enter>. The RAID Array details appear . [R] Rebuild [D] Delete [C] Clear Disk [ENTER] Return Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Array Detail - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 2. P re s s < D > t o d e le t e a R AI D a rr a y . Th e f o ll ow i ng co n fi r ma t io n m es s ag e appears. Delete this array? [Y] YES [N] No 4. If you selected Y es, the DeîÂÂne a New Array menu appears. T ake caution in using this option. All data on the RAID drives will be lost! 3. Press <Y> to delete array or press <N> to cancel.
5-36 Chapter 5: Software support Clearing a disk data T o clear disk data: 1. From the Array List menu, use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array then press <Enter>. The RAID Array details appear . [R] Rebuild [D] Delete [C] Clear Disk [ENTER] Return Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Array Detail - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 2. Press <C> to clear disk. The following conîÂÂrmation message appears. T ake caution in using this option. All data on the RAID drives will be lost! Clear disk data? [Y] YES [N] 5. Press <Y> to clear the disk data or press <N> to cancel.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-39 5.4.3 JMicron î RAID ConîÂÂguration The JMicron î Serial A T A controller allows you to conîÂÂgure RAID 0 and RAID 1 sets on the external Serial A T A hard disk drives. Before creating a RAID set Prepare the following items: ⢠At two HDDs, preferably with the same model and capacity . ⢠A white îÂÂoppy disk ⢠Microsoft î Windows î OS installation disk (Windows 2000/XP/2003) ⢠Motherboard support CD with JMB363 driver Complete the following steps before you create a RAID set: 1. Install the external Serial A T A hard disk drives (HDDs) on your system. 2. Set the Onboard JMB363 Serial -A T A item in the BIOS to [RAID]. See section âÂÂ4.4.7 Onboard Devices ConîÂÂgurationâ for details. 3. Enter the JMB363 RAID BIOS utility to set up your RAID conîÂÂguration. 4. Create a JMB363 RAID driver disk for Windows î OS installation. See section âÂÂ5.5 Creating a RAID driver diskâ for details. 5. Install the JMB363 driver after the Windows î OS had been installed. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to set Onboard Device Conî¿guration IDE Function Setup Serial-ATA Conî¿guration USB Conî¿guration Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled] Onboard 1st nVidia LAN [Enabled] Onboard 2nd nVidia LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Primary Display Adapter [PCI-E slot] HD Audio [Auto] Front Panel Support Type [AC97] JMicron SATAII Controller [RAID] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Mode [EPP] x ECP Mode Use DMA 3 Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced
5-40 Chapter 5: Software support Entering the JMB363 RAID BIOS utility 1. During POST , press <Ctrl-J> to enter the JBM363 RAID BIOS menu. 2. The main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu appears. 3. Use the arrow keys to move the color bar and navigate through the items. Creating a RAID set 1. In the main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu, highlight Create RAID Disk Drive using the up/down arrow key then press <Enter>.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-41 2. When the Level item is highlighted, use the up/down arrow key to select the RAID set that you want to create. 3. When the Disks item is highlighted, use the up/down arrow key to highlight an HDD that you want to belong to the RAID set, then press the space bar to conîÂÂrm selection. Repeat the process until the HDDs are selected. A selected HDD shows a sign before it. 4. Key in the RAID volume capacity . Use the up/down arrow to choose the block size. The default value indicates the maximum allowed capacity .
5-42 Chapter 5: Software support 5. When done, press <Enter> to conîÂÂrm the creation of the RAID set. A dialogue box appears to conîÂÂrm the action. Press <Y> to conîÂÂrm; otherwise, press <N>. Pressing <Y> deletes all the data in the HDDs. 6. The following screen appears, displaying the relevant information about the RAID set you created.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-43 Deleting a RAID set 1. In the main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu, highlight Delete RAID Disk Drive using the up/down arrow key then press <Enter>. 2. Use the space bar to select the RAID set you want to delete. A selected set shows a sign before it. Press the <Del> key to delete the set. 3. A dialogue box appears to conîÂÂrm the action. Press <Y> to conîÂÂrm; otherwise, press <N>. Pressing <Y> deletes all the data in the HDDs.
5-44 Chapter 5: Software support Resetting disks to non-RAID When you install an HDD that has been conîÂÂgured as part of another RAID set, you may convert this broken RAID HDD to non-RAID mode. All original data, however , will be lost. T o prevent damage to your system, you cannot select the HDD when conîÂÂguring a RAID set through the JMB363 utility . T o reset disks to non-RAID: 1. In the main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu, highlight Revert HDD to non-RAID using the up/down arrow key then press <Enter>. 2. Use the space bar to select the HDD that you want to reset to non-RAD. A selected HDD shows a sign before it. 3. A dialogue box appears to conîÂÂrm the action. Press <Y> to conîÂÂrm; otherwise, press <N>. Saving the settings and exiting setup When you have îÂÂnished, highlight Save & Exit Setup using the up/down arrow key then press <Enter> to save the current RAID conîÂÂguration and exit the JMB363 RAID BOS utility . A dialogue box appears to conîÂÂrm the action. Press <Y> to conîÂÂrm; otherwise, press <N> to return to the JMB RAID BIOS menu.
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 5-45 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk A îÂÂoppy disk with the RAID driver is required when installing Windows î 2000/XP operating system on a hard disk drive that is included in a RAID set. T o create a RAID driver disk: 1. Place the motherboard support CD into the CD-ROM drive. 2. Select Make Disk tab. 3. From the Make Disk menu, select the RAID driver disk you want to create or browse the contents of the support CD to locate the driver disk utility . Refer to section âÂÂ5.2.4 Make Disk menuâ for details. 4. Insert îÂÂoppy disk to îÂÂoppy disk drive. 5. Follow succeeding screen information to complete process. 6. Write-protect the îÂÂoppy disk to avoid computer virus infection. T o install the RAID driver: 1. During the O S ins tallation, the system prompts you to p ress the F6 key to install third-party SCSI or RAID driver . 2. Press <F6> then insert the îÂÂoppy disk with RAID driver into the îÂÂoppy disk drive. 3. Follow the succeeding screen instructions to complete the installation. Due to chipset limitation, the Serial A T A ports supported by the NVIDIA chipset doesnâÂÂt support Serial Optical Disk Drives (Serial ODD) under DOS.
5-46 Chapter 5: Software support
6 This chapter tells how to install SLI-ready PCI Express graphics cards. NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe Chapter summary 6.1 Overview ............................................................................... 6-1 6.2 Dual graphics cards setup ..................................................... 6-2
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 6-1 6.1 Overview The motherboard supports the NVIDIA î SLI⢠(Scalable Link Interface) - Intel î Edition technology that allows you to install two identical PCI Express⢠x16 graphics cards. Follow the installation procedures in this section. Requirements ⢠Two identical SLI-ready graphics cards that are NVIDIA î certiîÂÂed. ⢠Make sure that your graphics card driver supports the NVIDIA SLI technology. Download the latest driver from the NVIDIA website (www.nvidia.com). ⢠Make sure that your power supply unit (PSU) can provide at least the minimum power required by your system. See âÂÂ9. ATX power connectorsâ on page 2-29 for details. ⢠The NVIDIA SLI technology supports Windows î XP⢠32-bit/64bit operating system only. ⢠Visit the NVIDIA zone website (http://www .nzone.com) for the latest certiîÂÂed graphics card and supported 3D application list.
6-2 Chapter 6: NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support 6.2 Dual graphics card setup 6.2.1 Installing SLI-ready graphics cards Install only identical SLI-ready graphics cards that are NVIDIA î -certiîÂÂed. Different types of graphics cards will not work together properly . T o install the graphics cards: 1. Prepare two graphics cards. Each graphics card should have goldîÂÂngers for the SLI connector . 2. Remove the metal bracket covers opposite the two PCI Express x16 slots. GoldîÂÂngers
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 6-3 4. Insert the second graphics card into the other slot. Make sure that the card is properly seated on the slot. If required, connect an auxiliary power source to the PCI Express graphics cards. 3. Insert one graphics card into either the blue or black slot. Make sure that the card is properly seated on the slot.
6-4 Chapter 6: NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support 7. Connect a VGA cable or a DVI-I cable to the graphics card/s. We recommend to install an additional chassis fan for better thermal environment. 5. Align and insert the SLI connector to the goldîÂÂngers on each graphics card. Make sure that the connector is îÂÂrmly in place. 6. When installing two VGA cards using a 20-pin A TX PSU with sufîÂÂcient 12v capability , we recommend that you connect the auxillary power source from the power supply to the graphics card. Refer to the PSU documentation for dual VGA power requirements. SLI connector
ASUS M2N-SLI Deluxe 6-5 NVIDIA Settings icon T o enable the multi-GPU feature: 1. Click the NVIDIA Settings icon on your Windows taskbar . 2. F r o m t h e p o p - u p m e n u , s e l e c t nView Desktop Manager then click nView Properties. Make sure that your PCI Express graphics card driver supports the NVIDIA SLI technology . Download the latest driver from the NVIDIA website (www .nvidia.com). 6.2.2 Installing the device drivers Refer to the documentation that came with your graphics card package to install the device drivers. 6.2.3 Enabling the multi-GPU feature in Windows î After installing your graphics cards and the device drivers, enable the Multi-Graphics Processing Unit (GPU) feature in the NVIDIA nView properties. 3. Fro m the n View Des ktop Mana ger w i n d o w , s e l e c t t h e D e s k t o p Management tab. 4. C l i c k P r o p e r t i e s t o d i s p l a y t h e Display Properties dialog box.
6-6 Chapter 6: NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support 5. From the Display Properties dialog b ox , se le c t th e S et ti ng s t ab t h en click Advanced. 6. Select the NVIDIA GeForce tab. 7. C l i c k t h e s l i d e r t o d i s p l a y t h e following screen, then select the SLI multi-GPU item. 8. Click the Enable SLI multi-GPU check box. 9. Click OK when done. Slider